Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 268

Kesri Kids Season One

Master Screenplay Document

Episode 1: Jazz - The Talking Horse

Scene 1

Ext, Day, Peak Forest

Fade in. Wide aerial shot of Kaz’s dad's car driving up a winding,
mountainous path to grand gates with a huge sign, “Welcome to Peak
Forest.” The gates swing open and the car drives through. They are
driving on a winding path through a beautiful forest filled with tall trees.
Cut to mid-shot in the car. Kaz’s dad is driving and Kaz’s mum is sitting
in the passenger seat. Kaz and Baz are sitting in the backseat. The
family “oo” and “aah” in amazement as they drive up the pathway, all
staring out of the windows with joy. Baz pulls out his phone from his
pocket and starts to film it.

Cut to wide aerial shot as their car stops outside a group of cabins
arranged neatly in a semi-circle. A guide is standing in front of them,
smiling and waiting for them, with her hands politely behind her back.
Cut.

All 4 family members are standing outside the car with their suitcases.
The guide steps forward to greet them. She is a young woman dressed
in safari clothing; a khaki-colored half-sleeved shirt with a name badge
on the chest, matching khaki shorts, and muddy hiking boots. Her shirt is
tucked in. On her head, she’s wearing a khaki sunhat. Send reference
image. Her name tag says, Ray.

RAY:
(cheerfully)
Hello everyone, Peak Forest mein aapka swagat hai….Mera naam
Ray hai….chaliye main ab aapko aapke rooms dikha deti hoon.

She brings her hands forward and she is holding a map. She hands the
map to Kaz, who opens it and looks at it. Close up of map while Ray is
talking. Send reference image.

1
RAY:
Ye lijiye, ye map aapko agle do din tak busy rakhega...yaad
rahe….is jungle mein kuch jaaduyi jaanwaron ki kahaaniya
mashoor hai….agar aap khushkismat rahe toh shayad aapko bhi
ek dekhne ko mil jaaye

Kaz looks up at her, smiling. Next to him, Baz rolls his eyes. She winks
at them and smiles.

Cut to inside their cabin. It has a natural, jungle theme, with bamboo
furniture and leaves for decoration on the walls. The window lets in
beautiful natural light. There are two double beds on one side. There is a
sofa and kitchen area on the other side. There’s a door leading to the
bathroom opposite the front door. Send reference image. The family all
enters the room and dumps their stuff down. Ray places Kaz’s suitcase
politely down near the bed.

RAY:
(chirpily whilst backing out of the room)
Chaliye sab….tayaar hojaayiye….aur jab tak roshni hai
tab tak thoda bahar ghum lijiye

RAY:
(funny, scary expression)
Raat mein jungle kaafi darwana ho jaata hai

Ray closes the door behind her. Kaz turns to Baz.

KAZ:
(holds his hands together pleading)
Kya mai tumhara phone use kar sakta hoon...please...please

BAZ:
(reluctantly hands Kaz the phone)
(moodily)
2 Minute mein vapas kar dena

Kaz sits on the bed where Ray put his suitcase, and texts in the Kesri
Kids whatsapp group chat. Show phone screen.

2
KAZ: Humloh Peak Forest pohoch gaye!
EESHA: (smiling emoji)
SAM: Tumhara plan kya hai?
KAZ: Abhi toh pata nahi….par options kayi saare hai
RAJAN: Photos jarur bhejna (camera emoji)
INDER: Maje Karo!
KAZ: thumbs up emoji

He stands up and goes to Baz and his parents, who are standing
together looking at the map. He hands the phone to Baz. Kaz’s eyes are
wide and sparkling as he excitedly looks down at the map with his
family.

KAZ:
Chalo pahad par hiking karte hai

BAZ:
Nahi….hum treetop challenge karte hai

Kaz's DAD:
(firmly)
Oye Mitron, janamdin kida ae...Kaz Da!
...fer marzi kaz di chalu..!

KAZ:
Yesss!

Cut.

Scene 2

Ext, Day, Peak Forest

The family is standing outside their cabin, ready to go in their hiking


boots, t-shirts and shorts. Baz is holding the map and they are all
looking at it in a circle.

KAZ TO ALL:

3
(eagerly)
Chalo lambe raste se chalte hai

MUM TO KAZ:
(shakes her head)
Nahi mai nahi!

DAD TO KAZ:
Humlog is holiday par relax karne aaye hai...kasrat karne nahi….

KAZ TO PARENTS:
(whining)
Par aapne kaha tha ye meri birthday treat hai

DAD TO BAZ:
(defeatedly)
Chalo Baz, tum apne bhai ko lambe raste se lekar jaao. Asi chaley
apne raah nu...

BAZ TO DAD:
(sulkingly)
Ye galat baat hai….mai kyu le jaau ise?

MUM TO BAZ:
(Sternly)
Kyuki hum tumhein keh rahe hai, beta.

Baz looks sulky and doesn’t say anything.

Close up of map.

Kaz's dad points to the map.

DAD:
(traces the short path with his finger)
Hum log is raaste se jaayege
(pointing to a long and winding route which goes deeper
into the woods) ...aur tum dono is raaste se jaana.
(stops his finger on Phoenix Point, a landmark in the forest where
there is an intersection of both paths)
Hum log Phoenix Point par mileage aur vahan se saath mein

4
raasta khatam karege

Cut to wide shot as Mum and Dad, and Kaz and Baz, go into the forest
on separate paths. Upbeat bhangra music starts. Montage, no dialogue.
Camera tracks Kaz and Baz as they walk through the forest. The
burning midday sun is shining down on the path; beads of sweat are
rolling down Baz’s red face. Kaz walks along the top of logs on the forest
path with his arms out beside him to balance. He climbs a tree and
stretches to reach a branch above him. He swipes his arm trying to
reach it but falls down, landing in a crumpled heap on the ground. Baz
bends over laughing at him. Kaz bursts out laughing too. Baz takes a
photo of Kaz sitting on the floor. Kaz stands up and wipes himself down.
Baz wipes his sweating forehead with the back of his hand. Close up on
Baz’s hand, he presses Pause on his phone and the bhangra music
stops suddenly.

BAZ:
Bohot garmi hai...jaldi chalo

Back view of Baz walking at a fast pace out of frame.

KAZ:
(calling urgently to Baz)
Ruko…. Baz… BAZ!

BAZ:
(grumpy, snapping over his shoulder)
Kya hua!

KAZ:
(crosses his legs, hopping up and down)
Mujhe….jald se jald….toilet jaana hai...Mainu su su aya ae ...

BAZ:
(rolls eyes, shakes head)
(his voice is getting distant)
Mujhe nahi pata….ped ke peeche chale jaao….aur jaise hi
hojaaye mere piche aajana

5
KAZ:
Arey konsa...yaha to ped hi ped hai….Theek hai…..maine bhi kab
kaha hai mujhe god mein lekar chalo

Baz walks ahead on the trail and Kaz runs into the trees. Cut.

Scene 3

Ext, Day, Peak Forest

Trees and wilderness surround Kaz. He is facing a tree. He sighs with


relief and turns around and walks back towards the path. Suddenly, he
hears a predatory growling sound to his left. He stops, his eyes widened
in fear. The growling continues, and then there is a loud roar.
KAZ:
(scared, screams)
Ah!

Kaz turns around and runs into the woods, away from the sound and
away from the path. Fearfully, he looks over his shoulders while running.
He suddenly stops and looks ahead, listening carefully. Men’s voices
can be heard arguing. He silently tiptoes in the direction of the voices.

There is a clearing in front of him. Hiding, he looks between the trees.


There is a twinkling, golden ray of light coming through the trees into the
clearing. A horse is standing near a tree, with a thick rope around its
neck, surrounded by three thuggish men. The horse is neighing in
distress. Man 2 is holding the rope and trying to pull it as hard as he can.
The horse resists by digging his hooves in the ground.

MAN 1:
(impatiently)
Chalo bhi! Jaldi karo

MAN 2:
(strained voice)
Ye hil hi nahi raha hai….mai kya karu…..

MAN 3:
(sternly)

6
Chalo transquilser gun lekar aate hai...

MAN 2 ties the rope around the tree. The horse tries to pull away from
the tree but the rope is too tight. The three men walk away into the
forest, talking to each other.

MAN 3:
(voiceover while they walk away, back shot)
Humein jaldi karna hoga…..thodi hi der mein andhera hojaayega

The horse is trying to get loose from the rope. Kaz takes a step forward
and a twig breaks under his foot. The horse jumps to attention and looks
in the direction where Kaz is hiding in the trees. Kaz comes out into the
clearing very slowly, and walks closer to the horse. The horse watches
him, making soft snuffling sounds.

KAZ:
(worried)
Kya tum theek ho?
(reaches his hands out in front of him)
(softly)
Fikar mat karo...mai tumhein chot nahi pohochaauga

The horse continues to make soft noises, his eyes fixed on Kaz. Kaz
comes closer and hesitantly touches it. The horse tilts his head towards
Kaz, and Kaz strokes his nose. They look into each other's eyes and
bond.

KAZ:
(lovingly, his hand placed on the horse’s nose)
Tum bohot khoobsurat ho
(tickling the horses ear)
Par tum yahan pohoche kaise
(looks up into the sky)
(anxiously)
Suraj jald hi dhal jayega...andhera hone wala hai
(looks into the trees)
Vo aadmi bhi vapas aate hi hoge

Cut.

7
Scene 4

Ext, Evening, Phoenix Point - Peak Forest

Baz reaches a giant wooden carved phoenix, called Phoenix Point, in a


clearing in the forest. Both mum and dad are there waving as he
approaches.

KAZ’S DAD:
(patting Baz on the shoulder)
Waah….bohot badiya.

KAZ’S MUM:
(leans to the left to see behind Baz, camera shows
over-the-shoulder view from mum - Baz in foreframe and empty
path behind him)
Kaz kahan hai?

BAZ:
(nonchalantly)
Vo mere piche tha….bas aata hi hoga

Both parents start shouting together,

KAZ’S MUM:
Baz, tumne use peeche chord diya?

KAZ’S DAD:
Maine tumse kaha tha na uske saath rehne ke liye

BAZ:
(throwing his arms up in the air)
Vo mere peeche hi tha…..bas toilet karne gaya tha…..

They turn and look at the path, waiting for Kaz.

Scene 5

Ext, Evening, Peak Forest

Kaz and the horse are sitting on the ground with their heads close to

8
each other. Kaz has placed his arm around the horse's neck. He begins
to shiver and his teeth start chattering. He looks up at the darkening sky.
The horses ears suddenly prick up. They both get up quickly as they
hear the voice of the three men getting closer. The horse and Kaz turn to
face each other, their eyes wide and fearful.

KAZ:
(petrified)
Vo log vapas aa rahe hai!

The horse whinnies in distress.

KAZ:
(panicking, scared)
Ab hum kya kare? Mai tumhein aise chord nahi sakta

MAN 2:
(faintly, in the distance)
Mai kehraha hoon na…vo ishi raaste par hai

The horse tries to pull away from the tree.

MR BLING - introductory scene - comes out from behind the trees.

MR BLING TO KAZ:
Kyaa Baat Hai Bacha Log!
(looking at them over his glasses)
Koi lafdaa hai kyaa…??

KAZ:
(tearfully)
Aap Kon hai ?
(Camera showed the badge of Mr Bling…)
(Kaz in his thoughts)
Mr Bling ...Yeto koi Jaadui naam lagta hai …
Kaz then speaks out
Mai kho gaya hoon….mujhe pata nahi mai kya iska kya karu or
kaise is ki madad karu!

MR BLING:

9
(lovingly)
Singh kisi se nahi darte….tumhein jaruratmand ki hamesha
madad karni chahiye...chahe vo insaan ho ya jaanwar….

KAZ:
Mujhe lagta hai vo aadmi is ghode ko takleef pohochaayega..ho
skata is ko maar ke bech khaaye ...

MR BLING:

Guru Hargobind Ji, sikhon ke Chevey guru the...unke ek khaas


yodhha the Baba Bidhi Chand. Jab guru ke ghode chori hogaye
the….tab Baba Bidhi Chand ne dhushman ke ghar mein ghuskar
unhein vapas lekar aaye the.
(places his hand on Kaz's shoulder)
(encouragingly)
Agar tum is ghode ko saath le gaye toh ise ek behetar zindagi
depaaoge….Ab jao...jaldi!

The MR BLING unties the horse from the tree. Kaz grabs hold of the
rope and pulls the horse into the forest. The MR BLING stays in the
clearing, watching them. As Kaz and the horse go through the trees,
they come face to face with the men.

MAN 1:
(screams)
Aree….vo hamara ghoda hai….

MAN 3:
(holding up the tranquilizer gun and aiming at Kaz, in a
dangerous voice)
Yahan aa tu...chor

The horse runs into the trees and pulls Kaz with him. Kaz runs quickly,
trying to keep up. A tranquilizer dart shoots past Kaz’s head. The horse
ducks its head so that the dart goes past his ear and hits a nearby tree.

MAN 2:
(screams)

10
Chalo...Pakdo unhein

Kaz looks back over his shoulder as he runs. He cannot see them but he
can hear them chasing him. The horse comes to a sudden halt in front of
a raging river and a little rope bridge. The water is very choppy, flowing
rapidly. The rope bridge is rickety and frayed. Kaz looks down at the
water crashing noisily below him and gulps. The horse pulls Kaz forward
and they race across the bridge. View from underneath the bridge. Once
they reach the other side of the bridge, the horse turns around to see the
path they have just crossed. The men are not there yet. The horse
stomps his hooves on the rope bridge and breaks the foundation that the
roped bridge is tied to. The bridge collapses from one side and the other
side also falls. Frayed rope and broken planks of wood crash down into
the rushing water below.

HORSE:
Sat Shri Akaaluh - Kamaal hai Kamaaluh - Mera Pyjama te tera
Rumaaluh - Sare akho Akaal hi Akaaluh!
(bumps his head into Kaz's chest softly)
Dhanwaad Sardar jee!

Kaz stares at the horse and takes a step back.

RAY:

(echoing voiceover)
...is jungle mein jaaduyi jaanwaron ki kahaaniya mashoor hai…

The three men have caught up and are on the opposite side of the forest
where the bridge one was. They look down at the broken bridge. Man 3
takes aim once more with the tranquiliser gun.

KAZ:
(shouts)
Bhaago!

Kaz and the horse disappear into the trees.

KAZ:
(Breathless, worried)

11
Mujhe yahan ka raasta nahi pata

HORSE:
(reassuringly)
Mai apne khaas x-ray goggles se in pedo ke beech mein se raasta
dekh sakta hoon….use pehenne mein meri madad karo…..

They are dangling on a string from the horse's neck. Kaz puts them on
the horse's face. He looks around. Seen through his eyes, the forest is
orange, and in the distance he sees the cabins shining brightly through
the trees.

HORSE:
(going forward into the trees)
Is aur….mere peeche aao….

Kaz quickly follows him. Cut.

Scene 6

Ext, night, cabins at Peak Forest

The horse leads Kaz back to the cabin where he is staying. Outside the
forest, there is a clear, starry sky. He runs forward. The horse stays
behind.

KAZ:
Mummy! Daddy! Baz! Mai vapas aagaya

Individually, they all come running out of the trees from different
directions. Kesri kids come running out of the trees too. All surround
Kaz.
Kaz's DAD:
(angrily)
Mai tenu dasa? Kithe si?

Kaz's MUM:
(embraces Kaz in a tight hug and kisses his forehead)
Uparwale ka shukar hai tum theek ho

BAZ:

12
(fist bumps Kaz)
Aisa dubara kabhi mat karna

Kesri kids come forward and huddle around Kaz.

KK all talking at once:


I - Tum theek ho?
E - Kya hua?
S - Kya tum kho gaye the?

KAZ:
(Turns back and beckons the horse to come forward… horse
comes to Kaz nervously)
Maine jungle mein ek naya dost banaya! Aur khaas baat ye
hai….ki uska ek special secret hai….
(Stroking the horse's nose)
Vo bolta hai….

HORSE:
Mainu Pyaas Lagi, Koi ta pani pilaao..

RAJAN:
Wow. He really speaks. I will bring.

KK all talking at once:


E: Waah...
S: Kamaal hai….
I: Ye toh bahut achraj ki baat hai…

KAZ:
Par vo ek….

SAM:
Humein use naam dena chahiye? Par kya? Biloo….

HORSE:
Mai koi Billi Lagda haa… next ..!!

SAM:
Kittu…?

13
HORSE:
Mai koi Kutta Lagda haa...next ..!!

KAZ:
Mera naam Kaz hai….mere bhai ka Baz...toh iska naam hona
chahiye….Jazz….

HORSE:
Oye Balle Shera ...Kya Naam Hai ...Lagda hai main Tom and Jerry
vaangu bahut famous shamous ho javanga….

ALL KK:
(laugh out loud)
Hurray! Humein ek naya member mil gaya…..Welcome
JAZZ...tumhara Team Kesri mein swagat hai….

JAZZ:
Challo mainu ghar v lai jaao hun..!!

Kaz's DAD:
(Coming from behind, surprised)
Ghar? Ghar mein hum ek ghoda kahan rakhege

EESHA:
(Scratching the horse's ears and nose playfully)
Ye hamare tabele mein reh sakta hai….

The horse neighs happily. Wide shot of all KK and Kaz's family
surrounding the horse, stroking him.

Cut.

Episode 2: The Magical Sling Bag

Scene 1

Int, day, Eesha's classroom

Wide shot of Eesha’s classroom. It is morning, with sunlight streaming

14
through the windows. The blinds and windows are open. There is an art
wall on the opposite side of the windows filled with messages of
positivity that the kids have created, such as “knowledge is power” and
affirmations: “I am smart”, “I am kind”, and so on, which are shining in
the light.

All the children are sitting at their desks with their pencil cases and
notepads out. Ms Walker is standing in front of the whiteboard. Eesha is
sitting in the middle row, sharing a desk with a Punjabi boy called Gyan.
Rajan is sitting at the back of the classroom. Pairs of children are sitting
at each table, facing the front. Queenie the Meanie is sitting one row in
front of Eesha, sharing a desk with a black girl called Anjola.

MS WALKER:
(cheerily)
National, Recycled Product-Design Competition ki entries ab shuru
ho gayi hai...sab yaad rakhna….saari cheezein recycled aur
reused honi chahiye….koi bhi nayi cheez use nahi ki jaa
sakti…..Kuch bhi desing kar sakte ho

TIARRA:
Par winner kaun select karega?

MS WALKER:
Jaane-maane designer, Ally McGreen, tum sab mein se kisi ek ko
winner select krenge

ALL CHILDREN:
(Reactions…)
Wow..! Oooo..!! Great ..!

MS WALKER:
(claps hands together)
Toh...kaun kaun is competition mein bhaag lene wala hai?

EESHA:
(shoots her hand up in the air, confidently)
Mai!

Queenie rolls her eyes at Ms Walker’s comment and rocks back on her

15
chair to look at Eesha. She looks Eesha up and down and screws her
face up.

QUEENIE:
(faces forward and raises her hand, sweetly)

Mai bhi part lena chahugi miss…...

Queenie turns back to Eesha and smirks. Queenie sees her and frowns
at her.

JOSH:
(raises hand, confidently)
Mujhe bhi compete karna hai….

MS WALKER:
(happily)
Tum teeno ko meri shubhkaamnaaye….yaad rahe kuch aisa
banana jiska koi asli mehtva ho….jo sabse accha krega vo hi
jitega!

Camera pans across the class while she is speaking. Camera

stops on Eesha. Cut.

Scene 2

Ext, Daytime, School Playground

Wide shot. The playground is full of children playing various games.


Kesri Kids are standing around the climbing frames. Eesha is excitedly
telling the others about the competition.

EESHA:
(excited)
Mai toh project shuru karne ka intazaar nahi kar sakti

SAM:
Wow, Eesha Tai hi jitna ae, baki sarey ta aiveyee ne...

16
KAZ:
Haan….ye aapka hi competition hai….

INDER:
(matter of factly)
Tum aur fashion ek hi ho...Toh kya design karne wali hai tum?

SAM:
(ponderingly)
Mai toh ek bohot acchi ghadi banata….

EESHA:
(shakes her head, scrunches up her nose)
Nah..mai bag design karne ka soch rahi thi…..bags ko kitni
saari cheezon mein use kiya jaata hai

INDER:
Ye toh bohot accha idea hai…..hum sab tumhari madad karenge

RAJAN:
Haan! Hum sab tumhein kuch na kuch de sakte hai jise reuse krke
tum apna bag bana sako

EESHA:
Thanks, everyone! Chalo fer school ke baad mere ghar jaa ke
shuru karte hai

Scene 3

Ext, Daytime, Eesha's Farmhouse Garden

Wide shot of garden. The sun is shining. The horses in the paddock are
wondering around and chewing on hay. Cut to medium shot of Kaz, who
is standing with Jazz, near the KK. Jazz is rubbing his face against
Kaz's chest and hands. Kaz stokes Jazz's face and mane playfully.

Camera pans from Kaz and Jazz to the other four kesri kids sitting on
the grass on a picnic blanket. There is a sketchbook open in front of
Eesha and a pencil in her hand. She is drawing her bag design. Each of
the Kesri Kids in turn speaks. Camera cuts to each one.

17
INDER:
Maine bohot saari puraani cheezein laayi hu jisse tum bag bana
sakti ho

SAM:
Tum mere pencil pouch ki zip le sakti ho….bag to kholne aur band
karne ke liye

KAZ:
Mai tumhein ek lock de sakta hoon... bag ko mehfooz banane ke
liye

RAJAN:
Mere atteck mein kuch puraane parde hai….mai vo de sakta hoon
bag ko decorate karne ke liye

Cut to Eesha, who is busy drawing and making notes.

EESHA:
Bohot khoob!

JAZZ:
Oh Sonio …! Asi ta upar to le ke thale tak recyclable hegaa...sanu
v vart leo kithe na kithe …!

EESHA:
Ooo. So sweeeet...

Cut to aerial shot, Eesha is labelling the bag. (See reference)

EESHA:
(voiceover)
Aur mere paas ek puraana belt hai...jo strap ke kaam aayega….

Eesha moves her hand away, showing a clear shot of the

labelled bag. Fade out. Scene 4

Int, Daytime, Eesha’s Classroom

18
Fade in. Wide shot of Eesha’s classroom. Cut to medium shot of
Queenie and Anjola’s desk.

ANJOLA TO QUEENIE:
(brightly)
Toh...tumne kya design kiya hai….

Queenie looks at Anjola with frustrated, narrowed eyes and a grumpy


face, but does not reply. She rocks back in her chair and looks at
Eesha’s table. Eesha is showing Gyan her design.

GYAN TO EESHA:
(fist bumps Eesha)
Ye design pakka jeetega….Ye bohot accha hai

EESHA TO GYAN:
Thanks, Gyan!

Hearing this, Queenie frowns, screws up her eyes and faces forward in
her chair. Cut to wide shot of classroom. Eesha stands up and walks to
front of classroom. Cut to medium shot of Eesha standing by the bin at
the front of the classroom, sharpening her pencil (by Ms Walker’s desk).
Cut to medium shot of Queenie. She quickly stands up, walks past
Eesha’s desk and looks down to see Eesha’s design. Aerial shot of the
drawing on Eesha’s table. Queenie walks in a circle around Eesha’s
desk and back to her own. Gyan doesn’t notice her. Camera cuts to
Eesha, who walks back to seat. In the background, Queenie quickly sits
back on her own chair at her own desk. As Eesha goes past and sits at
her desk, Queenie opens her book and starts scribbling on a blank page.

Ms Walker walks into the classroom and puts her bag down on the desk.
The children all quiet down.

MS WALKER TO CLASS:
(stands near her desk, in front of whiteboard)
Aao ab competition ki designs dekhna shuru krte hai….toh...sabse
pehele kaun apni design dikhaana chahega?

QUEENIE TO MS WALKER:
(puts her hand up straight away, speaking sweetly)

19
Mai pehele present krugi, Miss.

Queenie walks up to the front of the class and holds up her design.

QUEENIE TO CLASS:
Ye mere bag ka design hai….iska strap ek puraane belt se bana
hoga….zip ek recycled pencil case ki hogi aur ispar khoob saara
decoration hoga

While watching her, Eesha’s eyes open wide and she gasps. She shouts
out in outrage.

EESHA TO QUEENIE:
(pointing at Queenie’s paper, shouting)
Yeh mera design hai!

QUEENIE TO EESHA:
(smirks)
Saabit karo

MS WALKER TO EESHA:
(sternly)
Shor mat karo, Eesha.

EESHA TO MS WALKER:
(shocked)
Yeh mera design hai, Ms Walker! Isne mera design chori kiya hai!
Dekhiye!

Eesha holds up her paper and shows it to Ms Walker. Next to her, Gyan
tries to defend her by putting up his hand to speak.

GYAN:
(With his hand up)
Ye sach mein iska hi design hai mam….maine subah hi dekha
tha…..

QUEENIE TO MS WALKER:
(in a sweet, sad voice with wide, innocent eyes)
Mam, isne mera design copy krliya hoga….maine ise Gyan se
baat karte hue bhi suna tha ki iske paas koi idea nahi hai and soch

20
rahi hai ki kisi aur ka idea chura le...Aue ab ekdam se - (She looks
directly at Eesha with a sneaky look) - uska design ekdam mere
design jaisa hai….

MS WALKER TO EESHA:
(disapprovingly)
Eesha! Kisi aur ka kaam copy karna alag baat hai...par copy karke
saara credit lena…..
(crosses arms and shakes head side to side)
Ye nahi chalega…..tumhein ek naya design sochna hi hoga

Close up of Eesha sitting at her desk, looking shocked and horrified, and
Gyan next to her is looking shocked too.

Cut to the clock on the classroom wall. The hands move around quickly
to 15:15, and the school bell rings.

Cut to wide shot of classroom, all the children are packing away their
things. Cut to medium shot of Eesha, standing up and shoving her books
and pencils into her bag. Cut to wide shot, Eesha rushes out of the
classroom, pushing past everyone, without speaking to anyone, keeping
her head down.

Cut.

Scene 5

Ext, Daytime, School Playground

The school doors burst open and a stream of kids pour out of the
building, all talking and happy. Lots of hustle and bustle. In the crowd,
Eesha comes stomping out, looking very angry. She rushes through the
playground, towards the gates. The 4 kesri kids are standing by the
gates, waiting for her.

INDER:
(raises her hand in the air, waves at Eesha)
Eesha! Yahan par!

21
Eesha ignores them and walks straight past them. She keeps her head
down and doesn't look at them as she walks out of the school gates. Cut
to medium shot of Eesha. Tears roll down her face. She pulls down her
sweater sleeve to cover her hand, using this to wipe her tears away.

Scene 6

Int, Daytime, Eesha’s Farmhouse (Lounge)

Living room of Eeshas’ Farmhouse. There is a tall side table with an old
cassette desk on top playing the shabad “ja tu mere wal hai” on low
volume and lots of other audio cassette tapes stacked neatly beside the
cassette desk. Both jyot and incense sticks are lit.

Eesha’s Bibi Ji is sitting in the lounge on the rocking chair. She has a
woven basket on the floor by her feet full of different coloured wool. She
rocks back and forth rhythmically as she knits a scarf, humming along to
the shabad.

Eesha enters the room, holding her design (piece of paper) in her right
hand. She has changed out of her school uniform. Eesha sits on the
ground near her bibi’s feet, placing the paper on the floor. She hugs her
knees to her chest, rests her chin on her knees and gloomily watches
Bibi Ji knitting.

Bibi stops rocking and lovingly pats the top of Eesha's head.

BIBI:
Ki gal? Ehni naraz kaate aaa?

EESHA:
(pause, getting angry inside, then shouts in an emotional rant)
Queenie ne mere bag ka design chori kar liya...aur ab Ms Walker
ko lagta hai ki maine uska idea copy kiya hai! Aur ab mere paas
competition ke liye koi design nahi hai

BIBI:
(tuts)
Leh, phir ki hoya? Ehde vich ron di kehri gal ae?

EESHA:

22
(furious, stands up)
Ye bohot galat hai, Bibi! Mere doston meri madad ki thi vo bag
design karne mein...mujhe bohot gussa aa raha hai
(balls fists up, speaking through gritted teeth)
Mai us se badla lungi…..phir sab dekhege ki asli winner
kaun hai….

Bibi looks at Eesha. She hangs the half-knitted scarf on the arm of the
rocking chair, and places the needles on top of it.

BIBI:
(sternly, shaking head from side to side)
Nahi, puttar. Badla lena koi solution thodi hega.
(places a hand on the side of Eesha's face)
Apne dimaag ki shaktiyon se tumne vo bag banaya tha…..ek aur
bana lo….us se bhi accha…...

A single, hot tear comes rolling down Eesha’s cheek. Bibi wipes it away
with her thumb. Eesha nods, sniffling, and hugs bibi ji tightly. She places
her hands around Bibi’s neck and snuggles into the warm embrace.

BIBI:
(hugging, pats Eesha on the back strongly)
Ise ek avsar ki tarah dekho...ek aur accha design banane ka
avsar. Kuch itna accha banao….ki uske tumhein peeche dhakelne
ke baavjud….tum aage badhkar jeet haasil karo

Bibi places her hands on either side of the chair and pushes herself to
her feet.

BIBI:
(getting up slowly)
Yahin ruko….mere paas tumhare liye kuch khaas cheez hai…..

Bibi shuffles out of frame. Medium shot of Eesha looking down at the
design in her hands, and then she scrunches it up into a ball and shoves
it in her pocket. Cut to long shot, Bibi shuffles into frame holding a folded
suit material in her hands. Cut to medium shot of Bibi handing over the
material to Eesha.

23
BIBI:
Ise tum apni nayi design mein use karna….ye mujhe tumhare
dadaji ne aaj se 50 saal pehele diya tha…...hamari shaadi ke
turant baad...

EESHA:
(eyes wide, mesmerised. She runs her fingers over the soft fabric,
touching the detailed embroidery work)
Yeh bohot sundar hai…...

Eesha looks at Bibi Ji, smiling.

EESHA:
Thank you, Bibi. I Love You Bibi

Cut.

Scene 7

Ext, Daytime, Eesha’s Farmhouse

Eesha and all the kesri kids are sitting cross-legged on a blanket on the
floor, picnic style. There are glasses of juice near them and a bowl of
fruit in the middle. Jazz is grazing on grass nearby.

Eesha is holding her Bibi’s suit in her laps, looking down at it. Her
elbows are resting on her knees and her chin is resting in her hands, in
a gloomy way, with slumped shoulders.

EESHA TO ALL:
Ms Walker ko Queenie par vishwas hai! Unhein lagta hai mai jhoot
bol rahi hoon!

RAJAN TO EESHA:
(softly)
Hamare class mein sab jaante hai ki vo design tumhara tha….bas
hum Ms Walker ko yakeen nahi dila sakte…..

KAZ TO EESHA:
(encouragingly)
Fikar mat kro….hum kuch aur accha design krege….

24
(hands over a belt strap from Jazz’s saddle)
Yeh lo….yeh mai tumhare liye laaya hoon...yeh Jazz ka belt hai

JAZZ:
(pokes head into the circle)
Oh teri...chal koi na, tu v ki yaad rakhna mai tainu belt diti si ..

Eesha takes the belt in her hands, looking at it. Eesha places it on top of
the suit in her laps.

EESHA TO ALL:
(with a brighter voice)

Tum log aur kya laaye ho?

RAJAN TO EESHA:
(hands over a navy velvet pouch)
Ye ek puraani gudiya ka hai jis se Mandy khelti thi….Shayad tum
ise ek secret pocket ke liye use kar paao….ye bohot soft hai...

Eesha places it on top of the belt and runs her fingers over it, smiling.
Close up of pouch. It is embroidered with little gold stars.

SAM TO EESHA:
(cheerfully, handing over a zip)
Aur ab ye dekho…...Ye hai mere ek aur pencil case ki zip

Eesha places zip on top of the velvet pouch.

Inder’s rucksack is in front of her.

INDER TO EESHA:
(unpinning a badge from the front of her rucksack)
Ye dekho -
(she hands it to Eesha)
Ye mere man pasand badge hai….ise tum decoration ke liye use
kar sakti ho

Eesha places it on top of the zip on her lips.

EESHA TO ALL:

25
(smiles at the Kesri Kids)
Thank you, tum sabko thank you!

Cut.

Scene 8

Montage scene, only music, no dialogue.

Eesha pinches the end of the thread and feeds the thread through the
eye of the needle on her sewing machine. She carefully levels up the
material. She presses her foot on the pedal. She sews the main part of
the bag. She sews the zip onto the pouch, and then tests the zip by
opening and closing it. She then turns the bag inside out and lines up
the pouch with the edge. She sews the secret pocket into the bag, hiding
it in the fabric. Turning it the right way round, she then sews a flap over
the opening of the bag. Holding it up, she looks at it and smiles. She
glues a magnet to the end of the flap, so that the bag can close
magnetically. Next, she uses a needle and thread to hand stitch the
saddle belt to the sides of the bag, making the strap. She finally pins the
badge on the front of the bag, covering the magnet. Eesha models the
bag on her shoulder and looks into the mirror, twisting her torso left and
right to admire it. She smiles with satisfaction.

Fade out.

Scene 9

Int, Day, Indoor Arena

Fade in

Wide shot, camera pans across rows of tables, laid out in the hall. Each
table is displaying one entrant’s product, being decorated by the entrants
themselves. Lots of children from different schools are also there,
wearing their own uniforms with their school logos, entering with their
products (ranging from shoes to jewellery to clothes). Camera stops on
Queenie at her table, zoom in to medium shot. Queenie is positioning
her bag on a lace-decorated shoebox, with a rose-decorated mirror

26
propped behind it. Cut to Eesha, looking across at Queenie’s table sadly.
She looks down at her own bag. It is standing on the middle of the table
with no decorations around it.

Suddenly, there is a roaring cheer from offscreen - Eesha looks up


towards the double doors entrance to the hall. In the doorway there is a
huge crowd of journalists and photographers snapping photos -
someone important is coming down the corridor, out of frame. She gasps
and her eyes open wide.

EESHA:
(whispering to herself, excited)
Ally McGreen!

Cut to outside the hall. Ally McGreen is walking down the red carpet
leading up to the hall’s entrance. Cameramen are following him from
behind and on his sides, flashing their camera. He has long blonde hair
and a beard, is dressed in offbeat, outlandish clothes and is wearing lots
of rings, chains, bracelets. He is waving at the cameramen. He stops in
the entrance and turns to address the crowd. Cut to medium shot.

ALLY MCGREEN:
(his hand raised, he speaks with a posh drawl)
Nation Recycled Product-Design Competition mein aane ke liye
aap sabka bohot bohot dhanyawaad. Ye sara panel aur mai, aaj
yahan saari entries ko judge karege aur unmein se ek winner
select karenge….

The crowd of photographers follows him into the hall. Ally McGreen
walks to the first table along with 2 other judges who are dressed equally
outlandishly, and they begin to admire the first entry.

Camera pans from the first table where judging has began, all the way
to Queenie’s table. Queenie is showing off her bag to Ms Walker.

MS WALKER:
(impressed)
Ye bag bohot accha hai, Queenie! Mujhe pasand aaya tumne jaise
is puraani belt ko iski strap ki jagah use kiya hai….bohot khoob…

27
Camera cuts to Eesha, who is watching Queenie grumpily. She is
wearing her bag on her shoulder. She looks down at it doubtfully.

EESHA:
(thoughtfully)
Is me bas thode jaadu ki jarurat hai…..

In the foreground, Queenie walks past Eesha’s table, deliberately


speaking loudly to Tierra and Anjola, to make sure Eesha can hear her.
In the background, Eesha looks at her.

QUEENIE:
(loud, obnoxious voice)
Chalo doston...chalkar party karte hai….mai apne sukhe huye gale
ke saath winner’s speech nahi de paaugi….

Queenie and the girls laugh and walk out of frame. Eesha is watching
them with a frown and angry expression. She looks over at Queenie’s
table. Cut to Queenie’s bag on the table. Cut to Eesha, her eyes narrow
as she thinks of a plan. Then she grabs the scissors which are placed on
her table and walks over to Queenie’s table. She picks up the bag from
the straps. She raises the scissors towards the cloth of the bag, opening
them up, ready to snip it…

MR BLING - introductory scene - comes up next to her.

MR BLING TO EESHA:
Kyaa Baat Hai Bacha Log!
(looking at them over his glasses)
Koi lafdaa hai kyaa…??

EESHA to MR BLING:
Arey Mr Bling.. Aap Agaye ...

Eesha quickly drops the bag and it falls on the table. She turns around
to look at MR BLING, and quickly hides the scissors behind her back.

EESHA:
(hastily)
Maine kuch nahi kiya….

28
MR BLING:
(shrugs)
Maine kab kaha tumne kuch kiya mohtarmaa, chalo vaha chaley
jaha koi ata jata nahi...

They walk back to her table. While MR BLING starts talking, she looks
over her shoulder at the bag on Queenie’s table.

MR BLING:
(lovingly)
Agar tum kisi aise ko takleef pohochahte ho, jisne tumhein takleef
di hai….tab tum bhi us insaan jitne hi bure ho…...Toh Queenie ne
tumhara design churaya….agar tum uska bag kharab kar
dogi….toh tum dono mein farak kya reh jaayega, meri lovely
fashion ki pudiya?

They stop at Eesha’s table.

As he speaks the next dialogue, MR BLING takes off his khazana from
around his neck. She looks at the khazana in awe as he places it around
her neck, on top of her own bag which she designed. Both bags start
glowing, and they magically merge, becoming one. The glow fades
away, showing only Eesha’s bag - the khazana has disappeared.

MR BLING:
Puraane zamane mein, is khazaaney ko wallet ki tarah use kiya
jaata tha….Log apni keemti cheezein usmein rakhte the...Toh ye
ab ho gaya tumhare ….ek jadui khazana. Jo bhi tumhari iccha
ho...ye khazana tumhein dega...par ..sirf ek hi shart hai...iska galat
istemaal mat krna….

Eesha looks up at MR BLING, and nods humbly.

EESHA:
(in a small voice)
Mai Queenie ka bag kharab krne ki koshish ke liye sharminda
hoon

MR BLING:

29
(in a bright voice)
Arey bhara ..Es table nu thoda sajalo, ki pata prize tuhanu hi
mile... Changa fer...Ethe bahut garmi hai, mai lassi shassi peeke
aunda haa.

Cut to medium shot of Eesha opening the flap of her bag and pulling a
long string of colourful bunting out of it. (MR BLING has disappeared).
Queenie, Tierra and Anjola return to their tables with glasses of juice.
Ally McGreen and the two judges have moved ahead a few tables, and
are now making their way to Queenie’s table. Cut back to Eesha, who
has finished decorating her table with bunting, and is placing the bag in
the middle of the table on a stand. Ally McGreen reaches Queenie’s
table, putting his hands behind his back and looking at the bag with a
critical eye.

ALLY MCGREEN TO QUEENIE:


(impressed)
Waah...ye toh bohot sundar aur accha bag hai…..

He looks at Queenie.

ALLY MCGREEN TO QUEENIE:


Queeni kya tum bata sakti ho ki ismein aisa special kya hai?

QUEENIE TO ALLY MCGREEN:


(flustered and begins to stutter)
Er… well… um… I…

ALLY MCGREEN TO QUEENIE:


Toh….tumne ye bag kyu chuna? Tumne ise aisa kyu banaya?
Tumhare inspiration kya thi?

QUEENIE TO ALLY MCGREEN:


(fumbles with the tassels at the bottom of the bag,
cheeks turning red) Erm…Mujhe nahi pata, sir…

The judges turn to look at each other.

ALLY MCGREEN TO JUDGES:

30
Yeh vo jawaab toh nahi jo mai sunna chahata tha...khair….dekhte
hai...

JUDGE ONE TO QUEENIE:


(not impressed)
Toh! thank you Queenie.

The judges move on to the next table and Eesha watches

them from her table. Blend into the next frame, in which the

judges are coming to Eesha's table..

JUDGE TWO TO JUDGES:


Yeh bag bohot accha hai...kitna sundar banaya hai….

JUDGE ONE TO JUDGES:


Ismein ek alag si khaas baat hai….

ALLY MCGREEN TO JUDGES:


(nods in agreement, running his fingers over the bag)
Mujhe ye bohot pasand aaya. Umda kaarigari.

TO EESHA:
Okay Eesha, kya aap humein bata sakti hai is design mein kya
khaas hai?

EESHA:
(Confidently)
Ye ek khazaney se inspired hai...jismein puraaney zamaney ke log
apni keemti cheezo ko mehfooz rakhne ke liye smbhal kar rakhte
the… Is bag mein ek secret pocket bhi hai...

Ally McGreen and the other judges nod and look at each other.

JUDGE ONE:
Maine kabhi khazane ke baare mein nahi suna….Kaafi aakarshak
hai…..Kya tum humein vo secret pocket dikha sakti ho?

Eesha opens the bag and unzips the pocket. Inside, the golden stars are

31
shining against the navy velvet. The judges peer inside the bag and look
impressed.

ALLY MCGREEN:
Humne sabh dekh liya. Thank you, Eesha.

Ally McGreen and the judges walk out of frame, moving on to the next
table. Ms Walker comes forward and congratulates Eesha.

MS WALKER:
Bohot khoob, Eesha. Yeh ab tak ka sabse accha design hai.

Eesha smiles at Ms Walker and looks over at Queenie. Queenie looks


angry and jealous that Eesha got good comments.

Cut.

Scene 10

Int, Day, Auditorium Stage

Wide shot of auditorium, which is packed full. The audience is sitting on


chairs facing the stage. Ally McGreen is standing on stage about to
announce the winner.

ALLY MCGREEN:
Saari entries ke liye shukriya...sab hi kaafi umda thi! Hum bohot
khush hai ye batate hue ki humne hamara faisla le liya hai...aap
mein se ek winner choose kar liya ggaya hai….aur vo winner
hai…. (drum roll)
…Eesha from City Primary School!

Everyone claps and cheers.

Eesha is totally shocked. She covers her mouth with her hands, and her
eyes widen as she hears her name. She stands up.

Cut to Eesha and Ally McGreen standing on the stage. He hands her a
trophy which says, Winner of Ally McGreen’s Recycled Product-Design
Competition.

32
ALLY MCGREEN:
Congratulations, Eesha. Hum tumhare bag ki design se inspire
hokar bags ki ek nayi range shuru karenge jo ki 100% recycled
cheezon se bana hoga, hamarey naye summer collection ke liye.

Lots of cameras flash. Eesha holds up the trophy, smiling

broadly. Fade out. Scene 11

Ext, Day, Outside Eesha’s Farmhouse

Fade in. Wide shot of the garden at Eesha’s farmhouse, with the horses
in the background. Jazz is standing with the Kesri Kids. Kesri Kids are
huddled together in a circle. They are all looking at Eesha’s bag, which
she is wearing and showing them.

EESHA:
(in flow)
Aur unhone ise ek Khazana kaha. Unhone kaha ki ismein duniya ki
saari cheezein hai...mai jo chahugi...ye bag mujhe vo dedega...

Kesri Kids all turn to look at each other with wide eyes.

KAZ TO ALL:
(disbelief)
Yeh bilkul usi Mr Bling jaise lag rahe hai jo mujhe us din Jungle
mein mile the

RAJAN TO ALL:
(amazed)
Pehele Kaz ka ghoda….ab Eesha ka bag…..

JAZZ TO ALL:
Mere Jaise log aur bhi yahaa...Agey aagey Dekho Yaaro, hota hai
Kyaa..!

INDER TO ALL:
(in shock)
Kya tumhein lagta hai hum sabko kuch special milne wala hai?

SAM:

33
(shrugs his shoulders)
Tumhein kaise pata ye sach mein jaduyi hai?

Rajan’s stomach rumbles loudly. All Kesri Kids turn to look at Rajan.

RAJAN:
(puts hands over tummy, embarrassed)
Oops… Mujhe bhook lagi hai yaar...

EESHA:
Agar bhook lagi hai toh apne lunch se kuch khaa lo

RAJAN:
(sheepishly)
Maine apna lunch yahan aate aate hi kha liya….

Eesha grips onto the strap of her bag and closes her eyes. She opens
the khazana and pulls out a lunchbox. She passes the lunchbox to him.

EESHA:
(smiling)
Yeh tumhare liye ek aur…..

Rajan stares in amazement. He opens the lunchbox, close up of the


open box. It has got sandwiches, a packet of nuts, fruit and juice.

RAJAN:
(shocked, delighted)
Areey waah...ye sach mein jaadu hai. Thanks, Eesha!

EESHA:
(in a cool way)
Mujhe mat shukriya bolo….is bag ko bolo…..

Wide shot of Kesri Kids huddled together in

the playground. Cut.

34
Episode 3 - The Super Skateboard

Scene 1

Ext, Daytime, Beach

Close up of Sam eating ice cream. Cut to a wide shot of Sam, his mum,
and his dad sitting on sun loungers on a beach. It is a lovely, sunny day.
Cut to a medium shot of Sam. He stands up and finishes eating his
cone.

SAM TO PARENTS:
(Turns to parents)
Mai ghum kar aata hoon….

SAM’S MUM TO SAM:


(Raises her hand)
Ek minute Ruko. Aaj Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji ka janamdin hai. Yaad
se aaj thoda samay Guru Tegh Bahadur ka dhyaan karlena..

SAM TO MUM:
(Shrugs his shoulders)
Theek hai, mummy.

Sam walks off. The camera tracks Sam as he walks over the sand.
Across the beach, Sam sees a big group of giant boulders and rocks. He
wants to see what is on the other side of the boulders.

SAM:
(thinking to himself)
Ye vahan kya hai?

The camera shows the back Sam as he climbs over the boulders. Cut to
a medium shot of Sam, with his hands resting on his hips in a triumphant
pose, as he stands on top of the rocks and looks at the view. Cut to a
wide shot of a secluded section of the beach. It is a small, private cove.

35
The beach is covered in fishing nets, and there are fish trapped inside
the nets. They are flapping and thrashing around. The sun is shining
intensely, the fish’s scales flash silver in the sunlight. On the other side
of the cove, there is a fisherman who is doing a happy, celebratory
dance. He’s an old man with a grey beard, a pipe in his mouth, and a
pegleg. Cut to a medium shot of the fisherman.

FISHERMAN:
(Very gleefully)
Aaj maine 1000 machliyaan pakdi hai! Hazaar! Inhe bechkar mai
kaafi paise bana lunga..

Cut to Sam climbing down from the boulders to the beach.


SAM:
(Walking and picking up the nets)
Mai in machliyon ko yahan pe aise nahi chord sakta….ye mar
jayegi!

Sam uses a lot of strength and great effort to drag and throw the nets
back into the sea. As the nets hit the water, the fish are loosened by the
water and swim away. Close up of the water as the fish get free and
swim away. Cut to a medium shot of Fisherman, who looks across the
sand, shading his eyes with his hand against the hot sun, and sees Sam
freeing the fish back into the sea.

SAM TO FISH:
(from a distance)
Bhaag jao….Bhaag jao

Fisherman angrily hobbles over the beach to Sam.

FISHERMAN TO SAM:
(shouting)
Time Kya kar rahe...Tumahre baap ka maal hai kya ? Meri
machliyaan…..meri machliyaan...nahi….roko unhein….

The fisherman reaches Sam.

36
FISHERMAN:
(shouting)
Ye kyu kiya tumne?

SAM:
(shrugging casually)
Kyuki vo marr rahi thi aur unheinn madad chahiye thi….

FISHERMAN:
(shouting)
Aaj hazaar machliyaan pakdi thi maine….tumhein pata bhi hai kitni
mehnat lagti hai hazaar machliyaan pakadne mein…..

SAM:
Ta hi ta main kehnda haa, No to Machhi yes to Lassi ...Sabziyan
Khaya Karo (more base in the vocals)..!

FISHERMAN:
Ye mera kaam hai…...ab tumhein hi meri saari machliyaan vapas
laani hogi

SAM:
(overconfident tone, shrugging)
Koi baat nahi….yeh toh bohot aasaan hai…

Fisherman leads Sam to a small wooden boat which is floating on the


water and is tied to a small wooden post in the sand. It is a single-person
boat and only has one paddle. There are fishing nets lying on the bottom
of the boat. Fisherman looks at Sam.

FISHERMAN:
(pointing at the boat)
Yahan!

Sam wades into the water and hops into the boat. Grunting, the
fisherman gives it a mighty push. The sudden motion sweeps Sam off

37
his feet and he falls backwards into the boat. Wide shot of the water
taking the boat further out to sea.

FISHERMAN:
(faded voice, from the shore)
Ek hazaar machliyaan!

Cut.

Scene 2.

Ext, Daytime, The sea.

Wide shot of the ocean. In the boat, Sam is paddling with the oar. He
puts the oar down and casts a net out to sea. He drags the net through
the water and when it comes out, it is empty. He frowns. Once again,
Sam casts the net and then drags it through the water. It is still empty.

SAM:
(frustrated)
Ugh!

Different angle of Sam again submerging the net in the ocean, and again
dragging it out empty.

SAM:
(disbelieving)
Kya?
(Placing the net in the bottom of the boat, looking to the right)
Shayad is jagah kuch ho...

He paddles further out to sea, changing the direction of the boat. Again,
he casts the net in the water, drags it in and finds that it is empty.

SAM:
(Shouting)
Nahi!

38
Cut to a wide shot of the sky. The blazing hot sun is burning orange in
the azure sky. Camera pans down. Sam is dragging the net through the
water, hot, sweaty, tired. Again, it comes out empty.

SAM:
(Angrily throwing the net in the bottom of the boat)
Mainu Machi kyu nahi labdi, lagda ae sariyan holiday nu gayian!

He picks up the oar and starts paddling further. His face is red.

SAM:
Oooh….Yeh toh bohot garami hai!

He bangs the paddle into the bottom of the boat in anger. Cut to a
close-up shot of where the paddle smashed into the bottom of the boat.
There is a small hole in the bottom of the boat. Water starts bubbling out
of the hole, and the boat starts filling up with water. He looks down as
the water submerges his feet

SAM:
Oh no! Uh oh! Pai gaya Panga ..!

Medium shot of Sam looking around at the ocean. The camera pans
across the sea and stops on an island in the far distance. Cut back to
Sam who starts paddling frantically. The small boat is rapidly filling with
water and the water level has reached his knees.

Cut to a wide shot of Sam’s boat rapidly sinking. The camera tracks a
giant wave which comes rolling up behind the boat. The giant wave picks
up the boat and carries it to the desert island. The boat turns over and
over in the wave, Sam falls out of the boat and tumbles onto the sand.
The boat tumbles along the shore and crashes into a palm tree. It breaks
into little pieces.

Cut.

39
Scene 3.

Ext, Daytime, Beach.

Wide Shot of the desert island. There is a big stretch of sand and a
dense jungle area. Cut to a long shot of Sam as he picks himself up off
the sand and dusts himself down. He runs over to the wreck of his boat,
which has smashed into small pieces, and falls to his knees. He picks up
the pieces and tries to put them back together. They just fall apart in his
hands.

SAM:
(Concerned tone)
Mai ise kaise theek karuga?

Sam continues to sift through the pieces of the boat and tries to find
pieces that will fit together. Cut to a wide shot of Sam on the beach, with
the ocean behind him and trying to put the pieces of the boat back
together. The sun is high in the sky and this image blends into the next,
where the sun has transitioned to a low position on the horizon. Cut to a
midshot of Sam who has placed pieces of the boat together, on the
sand, to make a board/raft. He tries to pick this up but - because the
pieces are not stuck together - the board/raft falls apart in the sand.

SAM:
(Frustrated)
Aghhhhhh!

In the silence that follows, Sam’s stomach starts to growl and he looks
down at his stomach.

SAM:
(Looking around)
Arey yaar, ab ye ghanti bhi baj gayi...yahan kuch khaana hai bhi ya
nahi?

40
He looks over to the jungle and spots a banana tree to the left. His face
lights up with happiness. Sam runs over to the banana tree. It is very tall,
with bananas growing at the top. Sam shakes the tree from the base,
hoping that some bananas will come loose. Camera gives Sam’s point of
view looking up at the tree; the bananas are shaking but not falling.

SAM:
(Looking around at the ground)
Mera nishana itna bhi acha nahi par fer bhi…..Shayad mai patthar
se maarkar iinhein tod saku

Sam finds a large pebble and throws it at the bananas. The pebble
bounces off the bananas but does not knock any of them down. Camera
shows the back of Sam trying to shake the tree, and suddenly pebbles
and rocks are being thrown at him. One stone hits the tree trunk just
above Sam’s head. Another one hits the back of Sam’s head.

SAM:
(rubbing his head)
Ow!

Sam turns around, looking up at the tree tops.Camera shows the tops of
the trees are filled with a tribe of unfriendly and dangerous-looking
monkeys. They are all baring their teeth and holding rocks in their
hands.They throw these at Sam. He is pelted with rocks.

SAM:
(Screams)
Ahhhhh!

Sam runs away, out of the jungle area and back to the boat. Camera
tracks Sam’s legs running out of the trees and onto the golden sand.
Wide shot of Sam running across the beach. There is a clap of thunder.
The sky darkens with grey clouds, the sun disappears and it starts
raining heavily. Sam falls to his knees by his broken boat. He sniffles
sadly as he Sam runs away, out of the jungle area and back to the boat.

41
Camera tracks Sam’s legs running out of the trees and onto the golden
sand. Wide shot of Sam running across the beach. There is a clap of
thunder. The sky darkens with grey clouds, the sun disappears and it
starts raining heavily. Sam falls to his knees by his broken boat. He
sniffles sadly as he looks up at the rain. Large raindrops splash down on
his face. Sam picks up a piece of the broken boat and holds it over his
head. Camera cuts to two rocks in front of Sam. Camera then cuts to
Sam’s face and his expression lights up as he has an idea. Throwing
down the piece of wood he was holding, Sam picks up the two rocks. He
starts to rub these together.

SAM:
(Rubbing the rocks together)
Bas ek baar thodi aag jal jaaye…..

Sam rubs the rocks together for a long time but only a tiny spark is
created. It flies out from between the rocks, drops to the sand and dies
out. Sam sighs and throws the rocks down. He looks out at the sea, with
tears in his eyes (and rainwater running down his face).

SAM:
(in a wobbly voice)
Mujhe ghar jaana hai…..

Looking out over the choppy water, he remembers his mum's words.

SAM’S MUM:
(echoing voiceover)
Aaj Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji ka janamdin hai. Yaad se aaj thoda
samay Guru Tegh Bahadur ka dhyaan karlena..

Sam is sad and fed up. He looks down and his shoulders slump. He
takes a long, thin piece of wood and writes Guru Jee in big letters in the
sand in front of him. Sam looks at the numbers in the sand.

SAM:
(In a quiet, sad voice)

42
Janamdin ki badhai Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji.

Shot remains on Sam’s face looking down at the 400 in the sand.
Off-screen there is the voice of MR BLING.

MR BLING:
Yoo Hoo! Yahan Dekho!

Sam looks up and his face lights up. Cut to Sam’s point of view: MR
BLING is waving at him with his right hand, sitting on top of a dolphin
that is swimming through the water. In his right hand, he’s holding a
bunch of bananas. In his left hand he is carrying a multi-coloured,
shining stone.

MR BLING TO SAM:
Kyaa Baat Hai Bacha Log!
(looking at them over his glasses)
Koi lafdaa hai kyaa…??

Sam gets up and runs to the water’s edge. The dolphin is still in the
distance. Sam wades through the water until he is knee-deep in water.

MR BLING:
Bhook lagi Kya ..? Kela Khaane kaa..kele mai hai hazaro gun, jo
khata ise vo karta ha fun!

MR BLING throws the bunch of bananas, Sam catches them.

SAM:
(Smiling and laughing)
Shukriya!

MR BLING:
Mmmm...Teri nayian doob gayi bhai ...ab kya karega ?

SAM:
(sadly)

43
Mai yahan phas gaya hoon…..Kya aapki dolphin mujhe mere
mummy daady ke paas pohocha sakti hai?

MR BLING:
Oh, no, no, no. Ye to Mr Bling ki savari hai, agar is ke paas bhi
gaye to sabse door lai jaayegi ...

SAM:
(panicking)
Par mujhe madad chahiye….mai aise ghar nahi jaa sakta….
MR BLING:
Bacha log, aj aapa kaa shubh din hai. To apko milega ik gift. So
hun oh sabh karo jo mai kehna tainu ….!! (eyes saying with
glasses down on nose)

MR BLING levitates off the dolphin and floats over to Sam. MR BLING
whispers something in Sam’s ear, the audience cannot hear. Sam’s eyes
widen and he looks up at MR BLING.

MR BLING:
So, tu taiyar hai mera chota sheruu ?

SAM:
(nodding, nervous)
Haan shayad…..

MR BLING:
(roaring, cheerful)
Bohot acche…...

He hands the magical stone to Sam. The stone is sparkling, iridescent


with all colours of the rainbow. It glows like a jewel.

MR BLING:
Iska khyaal rakhna….

44
MR BLING floats out of frame. Sam looks down at the stone in his hand
and closes his hand. He runs out of the frame.

Cut.

Scene 4.

Ext, Daytime, Jungle.

Wide shot of the jungle. Cut to a long shot of Sam who is hiding among
the bushes and trees. By hiding behind trees, bushes, and foliage, Sam
tiptoes forward and sneaks up on the banana tree where the monkeys
had attacked him earlier. Sam sneaks past the banana tree to a group of
huts that the monkeys have built-in a clearing. The huts are crudely
made out of bamboo sticks and woven banana leaves. Three monkeys
are playing cards at a table that has been woven from banana leaves. A
pair of monkeys sit by an open fire; one of them is grooming the other
and picking bugs out of its fur. Three monkeys are lounging on a big
boulder, eating bananas. There is a massive pile of bananas on the
ground next to them.

Sam hides behind a bush and plucks a lot of leaves. He arranges the
leaves around him in such a way that he is camouflaged as a bush.
Dressed as a bush, he inches forward towards one of the huts. He
moves forward in very slow, tiny footsteps. Wide shot of Sam (looking
like a bush) inching forward ever so slowly. Close up of Sam inside the
bush, peering out through the leaves. Show Sam’s point of view - the
monkeys are doing their own things around him, through the cover of
twigs and leaves in front of his eyes. Close up of Sam’s foot stepping on
a twig. There is a snapping sound.

The monkeys stop what they are doing and look in the direction that the
sound came from. Sam freezes. Close up of Sam’s eyes that are wide
with terror. Wide shot of the monkeys and their huts; Sam looks like a
bush, standing still near one of the huts. The monkeys only see the
bush, not Sam. The monkeys continue with their various activities. Sam
continues to tiptoe forward and shuffles into the nearby hut. Inside the

45
hut, he stands up. The leaves fall off him. The hut’s roof is low, so he
can’t stand up straight, but can only crouch. He looks around and sees
little woven baskets and a straw bed. Sam looks in the baskets and finds
nothing but banana peels. He goes over to the bed and rummages
around in the straw.

A monkey sound comes from offscreen.

LITTLE BROWN MONKEY:


Ook, ook.

Sam turns around and sees a little, brown monkey (much smaller than
the other apes, very skinny and scraggly with a long tail which is pointing
up). It stares at him from the hut’s entrance with wide, shocked eyes.
Sam stares back at it, looking very scared. The little, brown monkey
panics and starts to make low sounds over his shoulder, as if he is about
to call to the others.

SAM:
(Holding up his hands and whispering)
Ruko Ruko! Please Baaki sab ko mat bulao! Please

The little, brown monkey looks at Sam, curiously. It slowly comes over to
him.

LITTLE BROWN MONKEY:


(inquisitive)
Ook, hoo hoo hoo hoo, oo oo oo.

SAM:
(pleadingly)
Kya tum meri madad kar sakte ho? Mujhe meri boat theek karni
hai. Mujhe bas apne ghar jaana hai…...

The little, brown monkey looks at Sam hesitantly and then looks over his
shoulder at the entrance of the hut. He seems to be in two minds; should

46
he call the other monkeys or help this boy? He looks at Sam, who has a
helpless and pitiful look on his face.

SAM:
(sadly)
Please meri madad kro

The little, brown monkey takes Sam’s hand and leads him to a woven
table on the side of the hut. There are some tools on the table: a saw,
hammer and a pile of nails.

SAM:
(Face lighting up with happiness)
Haan! Yahi toh mujhe chahiye tha!

Sam takes the tools and shoves them in his pockets.

SAM:
Tumhara bohot bohot shukriya

LITTLE BROWN MONKEY:


(Quietly)
Ooh!

Sam turns towards the entrance.

SAM:
Mujhe yahan se bahar nikalna hai...

LITTLE BROWN MONKEY:


(Holding up a finger, meaning to say - wait here)
Uh!

The little, brown monkey leaves the hut and goes into the clearing in the
middle. He runs through the apes playing cards, ruining their game.
They bare their teeth at him and start making threatening noises. All the
other monkeys turn to watch the drama. The monkeys in the huts also

47
come out to watch. The little brown monkey holds his hands up, and
there’s a pause while they wait to see what he does next. He distracts
the other monkeys by doing a funny little dance. The apes all look at him
and start growling and baring their teeth. They didn’t like the dance.
They start throwing rocks at him.

Cut to Sam watching all this from inside the hut. During this distraction,
he runs out and disappears into the jungle. The little, brown monkey,
seeing that Sam has run off into the tree, hunches over and also runs off
into the jungle.

Cut.

Scene 5.

Ext, Evening, Beach.

Wide shot of the beach. The sun is setting, the sky is a lovely purple
colour. Cut to a medium shot of Sam and the monkey. Both of them are
back at the site of the boat wreckage. With renewed energy and vigour,
Sam is building something from the pieces of wood in the wreckage. He
builds himself a skateboard. He uses the saw to cut the wood pieces into
the required shapes, by curving off the jagged edges. He uses the
hammer and nails to join it all together.

The monkey is nearby and collecting small, grey pebbles in his hand.
When he has collected four pebbles he runs back to Sam and opens his
hand, offering them to him.

SAM:
(Smiling)
Ye toh bilkul perfect hai…..

Sam takes the pebbles and fastens them onto the skateboard that he
has made, knocking them into place with a big rock. These are the
wheels.

48
Scene 6

Ext, Evening, Jungle

Cut to the monkeys’ huts in the jungle. A monkey goes into the hut that
Sam was inside previously and sees the mess he made (banana skins
thrown out of the basket and messy straw bed). He looks around.
Camera close-up of the table, which is now empty of tools. Cut to the
monkey. He snarls and bares his teeth. He goes outside.

MONKEY:
(Angry and jumping around, alerting the other monkeys)
Ooh ah ah ooh ah ah!

All of the monkeys look at him, then as one crowd, they run and leave
the camp. They run into the jungle looking for Sam. Cut.

Scene 7

Ext, Evening, Beach

Cut to Sam and the little, brown monkey. Sam takes the magical stone,
which was given to him by MR BLING, out of his pocket. There is a
round dip or groove in the back of the skateboard, which he made for the
stone. He places the magical stone here. It fits perfectly.

The stone starts to glow orange. The whole skateboard glows orange
and begins rising before Sam. Both Sam and the little, brown monkey
stare at it in wide-eyed wonder.

Cut to the monkeys running out of the jungle area. The big monkey at
the head of the tribe points at Sam in the distance, with the little brown
monkey and the skateboard floating in front of his eyes.

BIG MONKEY:
(Shrieking and screaming)
Ah ah ah ah!

49
They all hop up and down and swing their arms wildly. They start running
towards Sam. Sam and the little brown monkey look to the left and see
the approaching tribe of monkeys.

The little brown monkey pushes Sam’s legs, trying to move him towards
the skateboard.

LITTLE BROWN MONKEY:


(Making a shoo-ing motion with his hands)
Oh oh oh oh!

Sam quickly jumps onto the skateboard and looks at the little brown
monkey.

SAM:
Madad ke liye shukriya

The little brown monkey sits quietly on his hind legs. Sam’s skateboard
rises higher in the air, and he whizzes off on the magic skateboard. The
other monkeys close in, surround the little brown monkey and watch
Sam fly away on the skateboard.They shout and angrily swing their arms
as he disappears into the sunset.

Scene 8

Ext, Evening, Sea

Sam is crouching down on the skateboard as it is flying. He is


overwhelmed by the magical experience, and enjoying himself a lot.
Sam slowly and shakily stands up. His posture is like someone on a
surfboard (knees bent and arms out). His confidence grows and he uses
his body to maneuver the skateboard as it flies through the air.

As he flies, he spots the coast coming up. He steers the skateboard to


the right. Cut to a wide shot of Sam flying over the ocean and towards
the beach.

50
Cut to an over-the-shoulder long shot of Sam looking down. He sees the
Fisherman hobbling around on the small cove. He quickly steers his
skateboard away from the cove. As he nears the beach where he had
been relaxing with his parents, he sees a large rescue party on the sand.
There are lots of people walking across the beach in yellow rescue
jackets, and many boats on the ocean.

Scene 9

Ext, Evening, Beach

Sam lands behind some large rocks. The skateboard lowers him until he
is near to the ground. He hops off, and picks up the skateboard. He
takes the stone out of the skateboard and puts it in his pocket. He holds
the skateboard casually under his arm.

He walks out from behind the rocks and goes over to his parents, whose
backs are turned towards him.

SAM’S DAD TO OCEAN:


Sam! Saaaaaaam!

SAM’S MUM TO OCEAN:


Samrath!

SAM TO HIS PARENTS:


(bright and cheerful)
Mai yahan hoon!

Sam’s parents turn around.

SAM’S MUM TO SAM:


Aree mera beta….

Sam’s mum and dad give him a big hug.

51
SAM’S DAD TO KESRI KIDS:
(Calling out, over his shoulder)
Vo yahan hai….

Kesri Kids and Jazz come running over and surround Sam.

SAM’S MUM TO SAM:


Kithe mar gaya si jaa ke, sadi jaan kadhi hoyi si ..!

SAM’S DAD TO SAM:


Teri sari jamdoot nagri nu sadeya ithe ..par koi ni si jaaunda tu
kithe ae..!

SAM TO EVERYONE:
Mai toh yahi tha…..aap logo ne mujhe dekha nahi?

Sam’s mum and dad look at each other in puzzlement and scratch their
heads. Sam and the Kesri kids wander off.

RAJAN TO SAM:
Kahan gaye the tum

KAZ TO SAM:
Batao sach mein kahan the tum?

JAZZ:
Vahi Jaha Koi ata Jataa nahi ..! (Song style)

SAM TO KESRI KIDS:


Bohot lambi kahaani hai...kisi aur din batauga

EESHA TO SAM:
(pointing at the skateboard under Sam’s arm)
Ye kya hai?

SAM TO KESRI KIDS:


(showing them the skateboard)

52
Tumhein ye accha laga? Ismein ek bohot khaas secret hai

He drops the skateboard, and it lands a few inches from the ground,
levitating in front of them.

SAM TO KESRI KIDS:


Ye ud sakta hai…..vo bhi light ki speed se

Kesri Kids gasp with delight. The skateboard whizzes up and around,
does a somersault in the front of the kids and zooms away. Wide shot of
all the Kesri Kids huddled together on the beach as the skateboard flies
up, up and away.

Cut.

Episode 4 - The All-Seeing Telescope

Scene 1

Int, Night, Rajan’s Bedroom

An alarm rings, singing “Happy birthday to you, Happy birthday to


you…” Rajan wakes up, sits up in bed, rubs his eyes, looks out of the
window towards the sky - it’s almost sunrise. The curtain is open. He
is sitting in the upper berth of the bunk bed. On the lower bunk,
Rajan’s sister wakes up too.

RAJAN:
(speaking to early morning stars in the sky)
Papa ne promise kiya tha ki aaj mere janamdin pe, Simon
Hawking ke show ki ticket kharidkar dege

His sister climbs up to the top bunk and snuggles up to him. He looks at
her, smiles and puts his arm around her shoulders. Rajan’s Mum & dad
enter the room. Dad is holding a small, wrapped parcel in his hands.

RAJAN’S MUM TO RAJAN:


(joyfully)

53
Kahan hai mera ladla beta? Vishwas nahi hota itne jaldi 9 saal ko
hogaya hai

He climbs down from the bunk bed, looking happy. They give him a
tight hug. His sister watches from the top bunk, happily.

RAJAN’S DAD TO RAJAN:


Happy birthday, Raje!
(He holds out the gift)
Ye mere aur tumhari mummy ke taraf se

Rajan takes the parcel and opens it excitedly. Aerial shot of a box of
chocolates in his hands. Front shot of Rajan. He looks down at it,
disappointed, then he looks at his parents with a confused frown.

RAJAN’s MUM TO RAJAN’S DAD:


(Whispering):
Tusi usnu dasdeo jee. Use khushi khushi batana hoga, apna
latka hua chehra mat dikhana use …!

Rajan overhears, remains silent but becomes curious to know what’s


going on. He watches them expectantly. His sister climbs down and
stands next to him, looking at their parents.

RAJAN'S DAD TO RAJAN:


(funny bhangra dance) dhol music in background

Oh Balle oh Balle ...job gayi hun...vehla baithu hun...hun mazza


aauu .....par Raje, tera gift reh gaya yaar ...

RAJAN'S MUM TO RAJAN:


(after a pause, watching Rajan's reaction, wraps Rajan in a hug)
Koi na. Morley saal, apaa tenu 2 gift devangey… Theek hai?

RAJAN TO MUM:
Par woh mere school mein nahi hoge na agle saal….Simon
Hawkins kabhi vapas nahi aayenge

RAJAN'S MUM TO RAJAN:


Nah Raje, ehda na bol. Dil chota na kar. Tu sada samajhdaar putt

54
hai.

RAJAN:
(sighing)
Haanji.

RAJAN'S DAD:
(Ruffling his hair)
Chal...School ke liye tayaar hoja...apne doston ke saath chocolate
bhi toh batne hai na…

RAJAN:
Haanji

Rajan's Mum and Dad leave the room. Rajan is upset and hugs his
sister close, looking outside the window at the sunrise.

Cut.

Scene 2

Ext, Day, School playground

There is a gloomy, grey sky. Kesri kids in the playground, playing


basketball. They notice Rajan has entered the courtyard and is looking
at the notice board. They all rush over to him.

KESRI KIDS TO RAJAN:


Happy birthday to you, happy birthday to stars vala Raajan, Happy
birthday dear Scientist... Happy birthday to you!

SAM TO RAJAN:
Kya hua Rajan? Tum jyaada khush nahi lag rahe ho

(Jagjit Singh sad song playing in the background.)

Rajan's hands are placed in his pockets and his head is lowered. He
shrugs his shoulders and looks back up to the notice board.

RAJAN :

55
(talking to science event poster):
Mai bohot dino se Simon Hawkins ko dekhne ke liye ruka
hua tha….par mai jaa nahi sakta

Queenie the Meanie strolls past with her friends,

overhearing Rajan.

QUEENIE TO RAJAN :
(brings her hands to her face, fake crying):
Boo hoo, poor you! No surprises there!
(giggles)
Mujhe pata tha tumhare mummy papa ke paas paise nahi hoge
ticket kharidne ke

Queenie cackles. Her friends laugh and join in fake crying.

QUEENIE'S FRIENDS TO RAJAN:


(walking away)
Boo hoo… wah wah…

Kesri kids look at each other puzzled and then turn to Rajan.

EESHA TO RAJAN :
(softly, putting hand on Rajan's shoulder)
Par tumhara birthday gift vo ticket tha...hai na?

RAJAN:
(shyly)
Papa ki job choot gayi hai…..shayad isliye unke paas paise nahi
hoge meri ticket ke liye.

Without hesitation, KK reach into their pockets and backpacks, pulling


out their own tickets.

KESRI KIDS:
(All speaking over each other… holding out their tickets to Rajan)
Sam: Oh yaar Tu Tension na lain...
Inder: Mere ko nahi chahiye…
Eesha: Mujhe abhi abhi yaad aya, ki mujhe hair dresser ke paas

56
apne daant check karvaane jana hai...
Kaz: Hairdresser and teeths….yuck ..!!
Kaz: Aj maine jazz ko nihlana hai, so mer mood nahi hai jaane
kaa.

They all point their tickets towards Rajan. He looks at them all, shaking
his head, his hands up.

RAJAN:
Guys, I don’t want any of you to miss out because of me.

SAM:
(swings his arm around Rajan's shoulders, hugging him close):
Koyi na, Mai apne papa se kehta hoon...vo tumhein ticket dilwa
dege...tu chill maar yaar

RAJAN:
(shakes his head)
Nahi, mummy papa hamesha kehte hai ki humein mehnat karke hi
khud ke liye kuch kharidna chahiye
(shoulders slump, looks dejected)
Mai tum sab se baad mein milta hoon...mujhe ye poster ab aur
nahi dekhna
(jerks his thumb over his shoulder)

Rajan walks away from the KK with his hands back in his pockets and
his feet dragging.

INDER TO KK:
Toh...plan kya hai?

Kesri kids all wrap their arms around each other and huddle together to
discuss a plan of action.

KAZ:
(light bulb flashes on above his head)
Mere paas idea hai...kuch paise ikhatha karke, Rajan ke liye ek
ticket khardi lete hai

EESHA:
(mischievously)

57
Bank lutey kyaa? Bahut Mazaa ayega …!

SAM:
Arey Naahi Yaar, Rajan ne kaha tha ki humein apne liye kuch tab
hi kharidna chahiye jab humnein uske liye mehnat ki ho….chalo
thode paise kamaate hai

INDER:
Bohot badhiya! Ticket £30 ki hai…..school ke baad hum sab 2
groups mein divide hokar £15-£15 ikhatha karege...

Kesri Kids place their hands in the middle of the circle, one on top of the
other.

SAM:
1..2..3..

KESRI KIDS:
(bringing their hands up and breaking the chain)
Go Kesri!

Cut.

Scene 3

Int, Day, Eesha’s farmhouse kitchen

Montage with energetic music - timelapse.

A cookbook is open on the counter in front of them.

Eesha pours flour from the weighing scales into a bowl. It spills onto the
kitchen counter. She vigorously mixes ingredients in a bowl, and
accidentally knocking over the vanilla essence bottle with her elbow. It
spills out. Eesha wipes the back of her hand on her forehead, getting a
smear of flour on her head.

Inder puts a slab of butter in a glass bowl. She measures out icing sugar
on a weighing scale. She switches on an electric whisk and beats the
ingredients together to form the buttercream frosting. Inder switches off

58
the whisk and pours the buttercream frosting in a piping bag.

Eesha takes out the cupcake tray from the oven wearing oven gloves,
and Inder pipes the frosting in a nice swirl. Both girls put sprinkles on top
of the cupcakes, paying close attention to detail.

Show finished cupcakes. They both look at each other, smiling. (They
both are looking a little frazzled, with sweaty, blushing faces, and
Eesha’s hair is a little messy.) They high-five.

Cut.

Scene 4

Int, daytime, Sam’s mansion - garage

Timelapse (montage). In the middle of the garage, Sam's dad's red


Ferrari is parked up. There are lots of shelves on the walls, piled high
with stuff.

Sam climbs on top of a wobbly stepladder, reaching up to take a green


bucket down from the top shelf in the garage. He passes it down to Kaz.
Kaz takes a water hose, switches on the water, and fills the bucket. Sam
rummages on the bottom shelf, finds a box of powder soap, and pours in
a generous quantity in the bucket. The water becomes foamy and frothy,
and bubbles start spilling out. Kaz drops two big sponges into the
bucket, it falls in with a splash. They look at each other, smiling, and high
five.

Cut.

Scene 5

Ext, evening, Gurdwara carpark

Wide pan across the carpark. Sangat are coming and going. Kaz and
Sam are standing in some empty bays, with their bucket and sponge.
Jazz is standing with a handmade sign around his neck that says,
CARWASH = £2 // TODAY ONLY!, stuck on the side of a blue
donation bucket.

59
Eesha and Inder are standing behind a table in one of the empty parking
bays, with their cupcakes on display. A handmade sign on their table
says, EGGLESS CAKES = £1 EACH. The car wash is very busy. There
is a queue of cars waiting in line. People are walking past the cake stall
but not stopping to purchase.

EESHA:
Cakes for sale, eggless cakes! Yummy, freshly baked cakes!

A few families walk past without paying attention.

INDER:
(looking worried)
Humne cakes kyu choose kiye? Aajkal sab healthy khaana
dhundte hai…..Humein fresh juice rakhna chahiye tha...

EESHA:
Oh Chad Na! Zada Bhaashan Mat de..!

INDER:
Hmm…

EESHA:
(watching the boys with narrowed eyes, they are washing cars and
laughing and joking)
Chalo dekhte hai ladke kya kar rahe hai...

The girls walk to the car wash section.

KAZ:
(stops vigorously scrubbing a car with a soapy sponge, waves at
them, his cheeks are red and he's out of breath)
Aur kaisa chal raha hai cake stall?

INDER:
Ab tak toh ek bhi cake nahi bika hai

SAM:
Ohh no...humara theek hai….ab tak 6 ho chuke hai….

60
EESHA TO JAZZ:
Jazz, kya tum apne car wash wale customers ko cake stall se cake
kharidne nahi keh saktey?

JAZZ:
(announcing loudly)
Ajao Ajao Gaddi Saaf Karaajao, mazedaar cake Khaa jaao te
naale dhidh motey ho jao.!

Customers start drifting over to the cake stall.


EESHA:
Look, it's working!
The girls' cakes sell out super fast, they jump up in excitement as
they sell their last cake. Cut.
It is sunset, getting dark. The boys are standing at the girls' cake table,
all four are huddled together with money in their hands.

KAZ:
13, 14, 15.

EESHA:
(happy)
Humare paas bhi 15 hai….Bank lut gaya..

INDER:
Chalo ab, ticket kharid kar aate hai...

SAM:
Mai Rajan ko call kar ke school mein milne ko kehta hoon

KAZ:
(looking at his gadgety watch)
Humein jaldi karna hoga...show shuru hi hone wala hai

Cut.

Scene 6

Int, Night, School (outside auditorium)

61
It is dark. There is a long line of school children and parents getting their
tickets checked by teachers at the auditorium entrance. Rajan is sitting
on a chair by the lockers, looking sad. He keeps his eyes down. Kesri
Kids run to the ticket desk and drop their pile of coins on the counter.

SAM:
Humein ek aur ticket kharidna hai please

RECEPTIONIST:
Sorry, baccho.
(Points to the poster. The price £30 has been crossed out in red
marker and new price £32 has been written above it. Close up on
the poster while she speaks) Ticket ka price badh gaya hai

The kids huddle to discuss what they can do now.

INDER TO RECEPTIONIST:
£32! Humein itne paise ikatha karne mein 2 ghante lage hai!

EESHA TO RECEPTIONIST:
Aap Kitne sundar lag raho, mere se bhi zada sundar lar rahe ho..!

Kesri Kids (reaction):


Hai….

RECEPTIONIST:
(praising herself in soft way)
Hmm...Mai vakayi sundar lag rahi hu …

TO EESHA:
Thanks bacho, but... No Ticket !!

INDER:
(clasping hands together)
Please, Miss! Humein pata nahi tha ki ticket ka daam badh
gaya hai...dekhiye hum £30 lekar aaye hai! She pushes the
pile of coins forward towards RECEPTIONIST.

SAM:
(Turning on his charm, making his eyes wide and listening with

62
tears - emotional blackmail)
Mera bahut hi pyara dost simon hawkins ko milna chahta hai, plz
plz plz (crying)...give one ticket.

RECEPTIONIST:
(gives him a sweet from her desk)
Sorry, sweetie. Take the sweetie.. No money, no ticket.

KAZ:
Fikar mat karo….chalo Ardass kare ki humein aur £2 mil jaaye.
Guru Sahib hamare Rajan ko pakka khush kardege

All the Kesri Kids close their eyes and fold their hands, standing in a
circle. Some mystical music. They open their eyes and turn back to
plead with the receptionist.

MR BLING - introductory scene - comes up behind them.

MR BLING:
Kyaa Baat Hai Bacha Log!
(looking at them over his glasses)
Koi lafdaa hai kyaa…??

KAZ:
Apko to pata hi hoga, aap to Mr Bling ho.

MR BLING:
(wisely)
Mmmm...very clever .

He snaps his fingers and conjures 2 shiny pound coins out of the air..

MR BLING:
(places the 2 coins on top of the pile, they are shining and
glittering. Kesri Kids all stare, their jaws dropping open)
Udhaar De raha hu ...vakt aane par vaapis lunga okay ….Aur ye
hua total £32.
(turns away, smiles at Kesri Kids, who are staring at him)
Toh? Ab kiska intazaar kar rahe ho tumlog? Mujhe toh bohot tezz

63
bhookh lag rahi hai...mai toh chala

MR BLING floats away.

RECEPTIONIST:
(surprised)
Arey ye kon tha ? Ye kyaa hua ?
(placing a ticket on the counter in front of them)
….Chalo ye lo tumhara ticket, enjoy baccho.

Camera zooms in on the ticket.

Scene 7

Int, Night, School Auditorium

Camera zooms out - the ticket is in Rajan’s hand. Kesri kids are all
sitting together in the auditorium on the front row. Rajan is sitting in the
middle of them, looking extremely happy. Simon Hawkins is standing on
the stage, which has been decorated with a beautiful starry backdrop.
Behind him a sign says, SPACE QUIZ and underneath in smaller letters
SPECIAL PRIZE GIVEAWAY.

SIMON HAWKINS:
Okay agla sawaal….hamare solar system mein total kitne
planets hai?
Rajan’s hand shoots up. Spotlight goes to him.

RAJAN:
8 Sir, hamare solar system mein 8 planets hai

SIMON HAWKINS:
Bohot khoob...agla sawaal….rocky planets ke kya naam hai?

RAJAN:
(hand shoots up again)
Mercury, Venus, Earth and Mars!

SIMON HAWKINS:
Waah! Gas giants ke kya naam hai?

64
RAJAN:
(hand shoots up)
Jupiter and Saturn!

SIMON HAWKINS:
Bilkul Sahi! Ice giants ke kya naam hai?

RAJAN:
(hand shoots up)
Uranus and Neptune!

Buzzer buzzes, indicating time’s up. The audience bursts out with
applause for Rajan.

SIMON HAWKINS:
Incredible performance! Yahan upar aao….tumne special prize jeet
liya hai!

Rajan gets up shyly and goes on stage, the spotlight following him. The
audience claps loudly. Kesri Kids cheer for Rajan. Rajan goes and
stands next to SIMON HAWKINS.

SIMON HAWKINS TO RAJAN:


(whispers in Rajan’s ear)
Jo special gift mai abhi tumhein dene jaa raha hoon usmein
magical power hai….Tum apne doston ko ye dikha sakte ho….par
kabhi bhi kisi ko bhi ye baat pata nahi chalni chahiye...ye tumhara
secret hai

Simon gestures to his staff to bring forward the gift. They are carrying a
magnificent telescope in their hands. Simon takes it from them and
hands it to Rajan.

SIMON TO RAJAN:
(Whispering)
Jab jab tum is telescope se dekhoge tumhein future dikhayi dega.
Par ye bas tum dekh sakoge...koi aur nahi. Koi aur is telescope se
vo nahi dekh paayega jo tum dekh sakoge

Rajan looks shocked but thrilled to have been gifted a telescope, even

65
better a magical telescope!

Cut.

Scene 8

Ext, Night, Outside School

Parents and children are leaving the school. Kesri Kids are huddled in a
circle. Jazz’s head is poking in too. Rajan is showing them the
telescope. All the Kesri Kids are talking at once.

EESHA:
Wow!

SAM:
Ye kitna cool hail!

INDER:
Tum kitne lucky ho...

JAZZ:
Arey bhraa, check ta kar lavo, kam v karda hai ya sab drama hi ae
..!

RAJAN:
Mujhe pata nahi...chalo try karke dekhte hai

Rajan puts down the telescope and looks through it. Close up inside the
telescope’s image. The night stars are glittering and shining
spectacularly. Suddenly, the image blurs, and then Inder is having issues
with her eczema. She is scratching her skin frantically. Her dressing
table is covered with various creams with which she is trying to soothe
her skin.

Cut.

Episode 5 - Invisibility Cream

66
Scene 1

Int, Day, Inder’s Bedroom

Inder is sat in her school dress cross legged on her neatly made bed,
applying a face cream absentmindedly whilst humming a tune. She gets
up and walks with her rucksack on her back to her sister Parminder’s
bedroom - back shot of Inder entering the room.

INDER:
(cheerfully)
Goodmorning, Didi!

Parminder is working at her desk and turns to look at Inder.

PARMINDER:
(smiling)
Good mor-
(mouth drops open)

The rest of Parminder’s sentence is cut off as she places her hand over
her mouth, her eyes wide. She gets up from her seat and runs towards
Inder. She cups Inder’s face in her hands.

PARMINDER:
(shouts)
Ye kya hua aapko?

Inder looks confused and then goes to the mirror on Parminder’s


wardrobe. Inder gasps and takes a step back from the mirror. Her entire
face is covered in huge red blotchy hives.

INDER:
(tearfully)
Mera chehera!

Inder takes her rucksack off her shoulders, unzips it and takes out the
cream she used on her face. She puts her hand out and passes the
cream to Parminder.

67
Parminder looks carefully at the cream and turns it over to read the
ingredients. She goes back to her desk and types in the product details
on her computer.

PARMINDER:
Goodness Inder, ye cream mein to gadbad hai yaar.... Arrey, ye
cream toh bechi hi nahi jaani chahiye

INDER:
(head in her hands)
Mai Jokar si lag rahi hu, Mai is huliye mein school nahi jaa sakti!

Parminder walks over and gives Inder a cuddle.

PARMINDER:
(concerned)
Tu chinta mat kar, mai hu na.. kuch sochte hai ...ye theek ho jaega

Cut.

Scene 2

Ext, Day, School Courtyard

Inder walks into the school gates holding onto the straps of her
backpack with her head down. Other school kids in the yard are walking
past and looking at her giggling. Inder walks over to the Kesri Kids who
are on the playground apparatus (climbing frame). Jazz is also there.

JAZZ:
Oye Inder, aj ta tu bebey vaang disdi payi ae…! Kithe kisi alien da
jootha ta ni khaa liya ...

EESHA:
Tune apna face dekha hai aaj?

The Kesri Kids come crowding around Inder.

INDER:
(quietly, looking down):

68
Maine aaj ek nayi face cream use ki thi…
(Inder’s voice starts to break as she holds back tears)
Meri skin pe usi cream ka hi reaction hua hai.

Queenie the Meanie and friends walk past and stop to laugh at Inder.
They hold their sides, point at Inder and laugh hysterically. The school
bell rings and the girls walk off wiping away their tears of laughter.

EESHA:

(angrily)

Humein kuch karna hoga…..kisi ko bhi ye cream use nahi karni


chahiye

KAZ:
Chalo break mein milte hai...aur kuch sochte hai….Jazz, tumhein
abhi ghar jaana hoga...School shuru hi hone wala hai...

Jazz neighs.

Cut.

Scene 3

Int, Day, Inder’s Classroom

Wide shot of Inder’s classroom. Cut to mid-shot of Inder, looked bored,


drumming her fingers on the table. Her face is still blotchy and sore.
Teacher is talking in the background. The bell rings.

MATHS TEACHER:
Toh baccho yaad rakhna….kal tum sabko homework submit karna
hai...No silly excuses okay..!

The children pack up their bags and go out of the room. Eesha is waiting
for Inder outside the classroom.

EESHA:

69
(puts her arm around Inder’s shoulder)
Kuchfark lag raha hai kya?

Inder looks at Eesha grumpily.

INDER:
Nahi.

Sam joins them.

SAM TO INDER:
Arey Yaar, Chill Maar! Tera colour hi change hua hai na, tu to nahi
….!

EESHA:
(EESHA snubs SAM)
Oh please...use chidao mat tum

Cut to wide shot of playground. It is playtime. Lots of children are playing


all around. A few teachers are standing here and there on duty.

Cut to side view, medium-long shot. All five of the Kesri Kids are huddled
together looking at the tub of cream. Inder is holding it in her hands.

KAZ:
(reading the label)
“Skin Angel”... “it’s heaven for your face”...
Ye banti kahan hai?

Inder turns around the tub. (aerial shot)

RAJAN:
(pointing at the label)
“Made in America”.

SAM:
Chalo America chale!

Inder gives him a strange look.

INDER:

70
Accha...aur hum vahan jaayege kaise?

He holds up his skateboard.

SAM:
(Musical Lifebuoy Advert, showing his skateboard to all)
Skateboard hai jaha, America hai vaha... !

EESHA:
(sarcastic tone)
Accha idea hai!
Aur kya tumhare pas passport hai? Apne parents ka koi letter hai?
Vo aise hi tumhein America nahi jaane dege, samjhe!

SAM:
(his shoulders drop in disappointment)
Huh! Arey sab plan chaupat kar diya yaar..…

Close up on Inder turning the tub around. (aerial shot)

KAZ:

(points at
tub)

Dekho yahan ek phone number hai ‘Customer Care’ inhein call


karte hai

Sam pulls out his mobile phone from his backpack and dials the number
on the tub. He points it towards Inder, so she can talk on loudspeaker.

CUSTOMER SERVICE:
(jolly tone, strong American accent, speaking very quickly)
Good morning, Skin Angel customer service help desk ko call
karne ke liye dhanyawaad. You’re through to Louise. Mai aapki kya
madad kar sakta hoon aaj?

INDER:

71
(quiet, nervous)
Mujhe aapki cream ka bohot bura reaction hua hai

CUSTOMER SERVICE:
Oh no...duvidha ke liye khed hai….mai aapko khushi se refund de
sakta hoon, ya phir ek free replacement?

EESHA:
(snatches the phone from Sam, frustrated. Shouting into the
phone)
Replacement ka hum kya kre? Jo hai vo to pehele hi kharab hai.
Aur humein paise nahi chahiye...hamari Inder ki skin theek karo!
(cuts the call and pushes the phone back into Sam’s hands)

SAM:
Arey unse Cornetto ice creams ke supply ki demand kar leti

naa..

Pause

RAJAN:
Ab kya kare?

The Kesri Kids look at each other silently.

SAM:
(snaps his fingers)
Ah-ha! mere chacha ji America mein rehte hai. Kya hum un hein
contact kare?.

Everyone agrees and nodding.

Sam dials his Chacha Ji’s number.


SAM:
(bit nervous)
Chacha ji? Sat Sri Akal… tusi theek ya?

CHACHA JI:

72
(laughs loudly, very strong desi character, loud booming
voice on the phone) Oh hooo! Mera putt! Tu kitho menu
yaad kar leya? Mummy Daddy kida?

SAM:
Chacha ji… humein aapki madad chahiye…mere ek friend ko ek
“Skin Angel” naam ki cream se bohot bura reaction hua hai.

CHACHA JI:
(pause)
(talking loudly)
Achha… te mai ki kara?

SAM:
(clears throat, hesitating)
Hum soch rahe the…ki agar aap jaakr jis company mein cream
banti hai vahan baat karte toh..yahan ‘made in America’ likha hai

CHACHA:
(shouting)
Leh! CEO mera Chacha laga ae? Mainu bahut kam hai yaar, menu
tang na karo. Chal. Mummy daddy nu Sat Sri Akal bulayi.

Sam quickly cuts the call while Chacha Ji is shouting.

SAM:
(shaking his head)
Ooooo...Garam chacha ...

School bell rings. Cut.

Scene 4

Ext, Day, Street

Wide shot. The Kesri Kids are walking home after school. All the Kesri
Kids look disheartened and upset. Close up of Inder’s face, which is still
red, sore and itchy. MR BLING - introductory scene - comes towards
them from the front.

73
MR BLING TO KESRI KIDS:
Kyaa Baat Hai Bacha Log!
(looking at them over his glasses)
Koi lafdaa hai kyaa…??

KESRI KIDS:
Wow! Mr Bling agaye ...

KAZ TO MR BLING:
Inder ke chehre ko dekhiye

MR BLING TO INDER:
Arey Waheguru... Lagta hai tum bohot musibat mein ho.

EESHA TO MR BLING:
Hum chahte hai ki Inder ne jo cream use ki vo koi aur na use kare.
Par baccho ki koi sunta hi nahi

MR BLING TO KESRI KIDS:


mmmmm...Ek Zabardast idea ...Bolo to batauuu…

KESRI KIDS:
YES..YES...!

MR BLING TO KESRI KIDS:


Tum ek viral video bana sakte ho

Kesri Kids look at each other with confusion.

RAJAN TO MR BLING:
(pause)
Aur vo kya hota hai?

MR BLING TO KESRI KIDS:


Viral video vo video hota hai jo internet par famous hojaata hai. Jab
bohot saare log use dekhte hai...har koi uski baat karne lagta
hai….use share karne lagta hai. Ye video ek raat mein puri duniya
tak pohoch sakta hai. Agar tumlog ek viral video bana lete ho...toh
cream wali company peechey peechey dodhi chali aayegi...

74
EESHA TO MR BLING:
Ye toh bohot accha idea hai

KAZ TO MR BLING:
Humne ye pehele kabhi nahi kiya….kya aap bata sakte hai kaise
karna hai?

MR BLING TO KESRI KIDS:


(smiling)
Bohot aasan hai puttar….just follow these 3 steps….
● sabse pehele video record karo, Camera se ya phir apne phone
se.
● Phir, us video ko edit kro, shayad koi galti hogyi ho. Accha music
daalo….kuch likho….aur use exciting banao.
● Aur aakhir mein video ko online upload krdo...aur dhyan rkhna title
bohot catchy hona chahiye!

SAM TO KESRI KIDS:


Ye toh bohot aasan hai….chalo mere ghar par video record karte
hai

INDER TO MR BLING:
(smiling, relieved)
(hath jor ke)
Thank you so much, Mr Blinnnnnggggg.

MR BLING:
(delighted)
Ha ha ha!
(absent-mindedly)
Oh, mera pizza da slice kithe reh gaya?

He floats out of the frame while speaking.

Cut.

Scene 5

Int, Evening, Sam’s bedroom

75
Wide shot of Sam’s bedroom. Huge luxury four poster bed with loads of
cushions propped up. Lots of games, gadgets and computer games are
scattered all around the room. There is a golden evening light filtering
through the windows.

Fast-paced montage scene with catchy background music. Sam is


holding a camera phone steady on a tripod, adjusting the height and
angle. Rajan is holding a ring light in place. Kaz is holding up pieces of
paper (and turning them over one by one). The girls’ script is written on
these pieces of paper. Inder and Eesha are standing together against the
bedroom wall, talking into the camera.

Wide shot of Parminder’s bedroom. Cut to medium shot, back view. The
Kesri Kids are all crowded around Parminder’s desk. Cut to side view of
Parminder. She is sitting on a chair, editing the video on her computer.
Close up of computer screen. The computer screen shows the Kesri
Kids’ video. In the video, Inder is talking into the camera. Inder looks sad
and Eesha looks angry. Above the video, there is space for a title. Front
view of Parminder typing on the keyboard. Close up of screen. On the
screen, the title gets typed: YOU WON’T BELIEVE WHAT HAPPENED
WHEN THIS KID USED SKIN ANGEL CREAM! Underneath the video,
there is a red button which says “Upload”. Parminder clicks on it. Then a
horizontal bar fills the computer screen, and the bar slowly gets filled with
a green colour. Text above the green bar says “Uploading”, and
underneath the green bar there is percentage which increases from 0%
to 100%. A message pops up on the screen: “Your video has
successfully been uploaded.” The Kesri Kids high five each other, looking
happy and excited.

Cut to front view, Inder and Parminder are standing in the doorway of
their house. It is evening time and the sun is setting. Over the shoulder
view, the Kesri Kids are walking down the driveway to go home. Inder
waves bye to them. Music fades away. Cut.

Scene 6

Int, Night, Inder’s kitchen

Inder’s mum is making daal in a pot. Inder walks into the kitchen. Inder’s
mum goes over to her, hugs her and kisses her forehead.

76
INDER’S MUM:
Ab tumhari skin kaisi hai

INDER:
Abhi bhi Rashes hai, mummy jee

INDER’S MUM:
(pause, thoughtful)
Ruko mai tumhein kuch dikhaati hoon

Inder’s mum takes her by the hand and walks with her to the other side
of the kitchen. They stop in front of a painting (saroop) of Guru
Harkrishan Sahib Jee.

INDER’S MUM:
Ye Guru Harkrishan Sahib Ji hai. Ye Sikhon ke aathve guru hai.
Jab Delhi mein ek bohot bhayankar bimaari aayi thi, tab Guru
Harkrishan Sahib Jee ne sabka dukh sabki peeda apne upakr
unhein theek kardiya tha. Toh jab bhi koi kisi bhi tarah ke dard mein
hota hai, tab use bas ‘Sri Harkrishan Dhiyaiye Jis Dithe Sab Dukh
Jaye’ kehna chahiye. Agar vo ye kehte rahege toh unka dard Sri
Guru Harkrishan Sahib Jee le jaayege.

Inder looks up at the saroop of Guru Harkrishan Sahib Jee with wide
eyes. She closes her eyes and begins to start the jaap quietly under her
breath. Zoom in to close-up on Inder as she whispers the jaap.

INDER:
(whispering)
Sri Harkrishan Dhiyaiye Jis Dithe Sab Dukh Jaye, Sri Harkrishan
Dhiyaiye Jis Dithe Sab Dukh Jaye...

The background changes behind her. Zoom out and Inder is lying in bed
in her pyjamas. The lights are switched off. She pulls the duvet up to her
chin, while her eyes are still closed and she is still repeating this jaap.
She yawns. Fade out.

Scene 7

Int, Day, Inder’s bedroom

77
Fade in. Wide shot of Inder’s bedroom, morning light through the
curtains. Aerial shot of Inder sleeping. Her skin is back to normal. Her
eyes open, she stretches her arms out, throws back her duvet cover and
sits up.

Cut to Parminder’s bedroom. Inder runs into the room. She runs to the
computer. The video is on the screen. Underneath the video, and
underneath the video title, it says “13 million views”. Her eyes go wide
and she gasps. She hears the doorbell ring and runs downstairs to see
who it is. She opens the door. Through the door, lots of cameras start
flashing. She brings her hand up to shield her eyes. The driveway is filled
with media people.

MEDIA 1:
Inder, humein aapse baat karni hai!

MEDIA 2:
Inder, mujhe aapka interview chahiye!!

Inder slams the door shut. Parminder comes out from the kitchen and
walks towards Inder, smiling.

PARMINDER:
Kya tumhe vishwas ho raha hai, tumhara video itna viral
ho chuka hai ..ki har koi uski hi baat kar raha hai
(pause, looks puzzled)
Aree….aapne apni skin theek kaise kar li?

Inder turns to look in the full-length hallway mirror. She is shocked by her
reflection. She runs into the kitchen, where her mum and dad are sitting
at the breakfast table. She runs over to her mum.

INDER:
Mummy, dekho! Guru Harkrishan Sahib Jee ke meri skin theek
kardi!

INDER’S MUM:
(hugs Inder tightly)
Chalo accha hai...mai bohot khush hoon ki tumhein ab accha lag
raha hai...dekho tumhari ardass sun li gayi na..

78
INDER’S DAD:
(Cheerful singh sahib)
Shabash! Chal, hun bhajke school layi tyar hoja, hun.

Cut to hallway. Inder and Parminder are walking down the stairs (Inder is
in front). Inder has changed into her school uniform. Parminder has
changed from her nightsuit into a daytime outfit. They walk towards the
front door. Parminder opens the door. Again there are lots of flashing
lights, photos being snapped and media people speaking all at once with
their cameras and microphones. Their mum and dad come and stand
behind them.

MEDIA 3:
Inder! Hum aapko CityTV par interview ke liye bulana chaahte
hai….taaki aap ‘Skin Angel Cream’ ka expirience saari duniya ko
bata sake

Parminder and Inder look at each other.

Scene 8

Int, Day, Skin Angel office

The text on the screen says: SKIN ANGEL HQ, AMERICA

Cut to wide shot of Skin Angel CEO’s office. A middle aged sardar ji
(Dave Singh) wearing a three piece suit, tie and turban is sitting on a
fancy swivel chair at his desk.

The text on the screen pops up to say: DAVE SINGH, CEO

There is a hurried knock on his door. Two people hastily enter his office,
all looking worried. Dave Singh’s PA is a young white man wearing a
shirt, tie and trousers. The Vice-President is a middle-aged black woman
wearing a smart shirt, jacket and trousers.

PA TO DAVE SINGH:
(American accent)
(worried, disturbed)

79
Kya aapne ye dekha, Sir?

PA goes forward and turns around his tablet, showing Dave Singh
Inder’s video.

DAVE SINGH TO PA:


(American accent)
No. What is this ?

PA TO DAVE SINGH:
(switching on the big LED TV flatscreen which is hanging on Dave
Singh’s
Ye bohot bura hai sir...bohot bura

Inder’s video gets played on the tv screen. Inder is saying, “We want
Skin Angel to answer for this. How can they sell a product which
contains such terrible things?”

DAVE SINGH:
(jumps up out of his office chair)
(looking at the tv)
Kya! Kitne logo ne dekh liya hai ye video?

PA:
(points to the number of views on the tv)
Bohot saare sir.

DAVE SINGH TO ALL:


(shouting in disbelief)
OMG...13 million views!

VICE PRESIDENT TO DAVE SINGH:


(American accent)
(very worried and serious)
Humein kuch karna hoga sir...hum is ladki ko aise hamari
company ki reputation down nahi karne de sakte

PA TO ALL:
Ye ladki aaj ek television interview bhi kar rahi hai

80
DAVE SINGH TO ALL:
Humein ye dekhna hoga...aur ye bhi ki vo aur kya bolne wali hai

Scene 9

Int, Day, CityTV Studio

Wide shot of backstage area. The Kesri Kids are backstage at CityTv
Studio. The other four are huddled around Inder, who is reading notes on
a piece of paper. The usher comes up to them.

CITYTV USHER TO INDER:


(cheerfully)
Miss Khalsa, you're on. Mere piche aayiye please.

INDER TO KESRI KIDS:


(looks nervous)
Wish me luck...

All the Kesri Kids place their right hands on top of each other in a circle.

SAM:
1..2..3..

KESRI KIDS:
(they rise their hands high, breaking the circle)
Gooo Kesri!

Cut to the recording studio. Lights and cameras are pointing towards a
sofa. The talkshow host, Lolly Polly, is a bubbly woman with curly blonde
hair and pink lipstick. There is an empty sofa next to her. Inder comes
through the curtain, walks to the empty sofa and sits down.

LOLLY POLLY:
Good morning! Mai hoon aapki host, Lolly Polly aur ye hai humari
special guest, Inder. So, Inder. Puri duniya aapka Skin Angel face
cream wala viral video dekh chuki hai. Kya aap bata sakti hai aap
is video se kya message share karna chahati thi, aur aap kya
karna chahti hai

81
INDER:
Mai chahti hoon ki ye jo skin angle vale vo ye bad quality ki cream
banana band karey, Mai nahi chahti jo mere saath hua vo aur kisi
ke saath bhi ho.

LOLLY POLLY:
Kya aisi koi cheez hai ko aap Mr Dave Singh, the CEO of Skin
Angel, ko kehna chahegi agar aapko mauka mile toh?

INDER:
(looks directly into the camera)
Mr Singh. Mai aapse puchna chahti hoon, agar mai aapki beti hoti,
toh kya aap mujhe ye use karne dete? Agar jawab naa hai toh is
cream ki jagah koi ek acchi cream banaye...Jo sab safely use kar
sakey...

Cut to the wide shot of Skin Angel office in America. Dave Singh, PA and
Vice-President are sitting in his office, watching Inder’s interview on the
tv screen. Dave is wide eyed and looks troubled. He switches the tv off
using the remote control. Then he puts his elbows on the table, rests his
chin on his hand and starts drumming his fingers on the table. He is
thinking deeply.

DAVE SINGH:
(quietly, thoughtfully)
Ye sahi keh rahi hai...mai Simrat ko kabhi ye cream use karne nahi
deta.
(he waves his hand towards the photo on his desk. It shows him
and his smiling daughter standing together with ice cream cones in
their hands.)
Ok! (he stands up) Mujhe pata hai mujhe kya karna chahiye.

Cut to development lab where Skin Angel’s new creams are made. Dave
Singh walks into the lab. Technicians with white coats, goggles and face
masks are walking around. One of them sees Dave Singh and comes
hurting over to him.

DAVE SINGH:

82
Mujhe vo Kesri Cream do jo humne pichle saal banayi thi

LAB TECH:
But sir, vo ek magic cream hai jo humara patent formula hai ...itne
saal lage hai use banane mein! Vahi to humara avishkar hai sir...

MR SINGH:
Nahi nahi...please vo lekar aayeyi mujhe use dekhna hai

Lab Tech walks over to a safe on the wall and enters a key code. The
door slowly opens. She takes out a small round orange tub of cream,
labelled Kesri Cream. Lab tech hands the cream to Mr Singh. He holds it
with one hand, looking at it from all angles. With his other hand, he puts
his phone to his ear.

DAVE SINGH:
(smiling, talking to PA on the phone)
Roger, meri UK ki ek ticket book karo. Mujhe kisiko ek

special gift dena hai Fade out.

Scene 10

Ext, Day, outside school

Fade in. Wide shot outside the school building. There are children
coming out of the school doors, walking through the playground, out
of the school gates. Teachers and parents are scattered here and
there. It is home time. Jazz is standing outside the gates. The Kesri
Kids come out of the school gates and he joins them. Kaz pats his
nose lovingly. Cut to over the shoulder view, Parminder walks up to
meet them with an excited expression.

PARMINDER TO INDER:
Inder, kuch bohot amazing hua hai! Skin Angels ke CEO Mr Dave
Singh tumse milne Uk aaye hue hai

INDER TO PARMINDER:
(wide eyed, shocked)
Huh?

83
KESRI KIDS TO PARMINDER:
(All talking at once, making expressions of shock and amazement)
Wowww… ye toh bohot badi baat hai…

PARMINDER:
CityTV ne aap dono ko interview ke liye bulaya hai. Chalo
humsab ko jaldi se studio jaana hoga

Kesri kids turn to each other, delighted.

SAM:
(impressed)
Bohot acche Inder, Skin Angel ne aakhir tumhari sun hi li

INDER:
(smiling)
Hamari….ye hum sabne milkar kiya hai

They all start walking happily. Jazz calls after them.

JAZZ:
Oh yaaraaaon, Mainu v naal lainde jaaeo….Mai kadi v

studio nahi dekhya..! He runs after them.

Cut.

Scene 11

Int, Day, CityTV recording studio

Cut to wide shot of CityTV studio. Lolly Polly is sitting on her sofa. On the
second sofa, Dave Singh and Inder are sitting. Cut to front view of Dave
Singh as he speaks.

DAVE SINGH:
Mujhe ek special announcement karni hai...Is jabaaz ladki ke
wajah se...humne decide Skin Angels creams ke ingredients
chance krne ka faisla liya hai. Aaj se, hum sirf 100% natural aur

84
organic ingrediants hi use krege jo ki har age ke logo ke liye safe
hoge

The studio bursts into cheers, claps and applause. Cut to Jazz sitting in
the audience, cheering, and putting his arm around the person sitting
next to him.

JAZZ:
Burrrrrrrah! Chak de phate!

DAVE SINGH TO LOLLY POLLY:


And, er, one more thing.
(he digs his hand in his pocket and feels around. Then he pulls out
the special Kesri Cream tub.)
Ye ek aisi cream hai jo bas itni hi hai aur iske alawa kabhi nahi
bani….aur aaj se ye cream is bacchi ki hui

Dave Singh puts the cream in Inder’s hands. She picks it up and turns
over the tub, looking for something. The orange coloured tub has no
writing or label on it. Inder frowns, looking puzzled.

LOLLY POLLY TO DAVE SINGH:


Kya aap bata sakte hai ki is cream mein aisa kya hai, Mr Singh?

DAVE SINGH:
Oh! Er… ahem.
(clears throat)
Ye is bacchi ki skin ko super soft aur moisturised rakhegi
(leans closer to Inder and whispers in her ear)
Mai jaanta hoon ki maine ye cream kyu banayi Inder, bas tuhade
layi puttar. Tumhein kabhi bhi apne doston ko chord kar kisi ko iske
baare mein nahi batana hai. Jab bhi tum ishe use karogi ye bas ek
ghante ke liye hi kaam karegi…

INDER
(whispering, leaning closer)
Aap kehna kya chahte hai?

DAVE SINGH:
(Smiling gleefully)

85
Sahi samay aane par tumhein pata chal jayega

Cut to view through the studio camera. Jazz walks into the frame and
goes up to Lolly Polly.

JAZZ TO LOLLY POLLY:


Oh kudiye, tu ta uhnu hi puchhi jaani ae. sanu vi kuch puchh lo
...makhna de goleo …

Jazz comes to the camera and pushes his nose in front of it. Extreme
close up of his snout and a big, toothy grin.

JAZZ TO CAMERAMAN:
Aaja aaja aaja…

He knocks the camera down. The screen goes grey and fuzzy.

Cut.

Scene 12

Ext, Day, Street

Wide shot of the street. Kesri Kids are standing outside the studio.
Behind them, there is a sign on the building which says CityTV. They are
standing in a semi-circle and Jazz is also poking his head in.

INDER:
(holding up the tub, showing it to the Kesri Kids)
Unhone mujhe bataya ki ye special cream hai aur ye sirf mujhpar hi
kaam karegi

RAJAN:
Ooyah! Go on..Use karo ise.

EESHA:
Chalo dekhte hai kya hota hai tumhari skin ko

86
Inder unscrews the cap. She scoops out a tiny blob of cream using her
finger, and rubs it on her other hand. While she is rubbing it, her hand
becomes invisible. The Kesri Kids can see through to the pavement, as if
her hand does not exist.

INDER:
(voiceover while her hand is turning invisible)
Dekho ye mujhe invisible bana rahi hai

She turns her hand over again and again. It is completely see-through.

KESRI KIDS:
(voiceover while she is turning her hand over again and again)
(all are making excited and amazed sounds)
Wow….bilkul nahi...ye nahi ho sakta….ye kaise ho raha hai

KAZ:
Wow.
(Pats Inder on the back)
Congratulations Inder, ab tumhare pass officially is planet ki sabse
cool cheez hai.

JAZZ:
Mai ta sario hi khaa jaani ae ...fer dekho ki maza banda ae.

Close up of Jazz’s face.

Cut.
Scene 13

Int, Night, Rajan’s bedroom

Wide shot of Rajan’s bedroom. It is dark. Late at night. Mandy is asleep


on the bottom bunk. Rajan is sitting on the top bunk, with his back
towards the camera. He is looking through his telescope at the night sky.
The curtains are open. The camera zooms in, goes past Rajan and into
his telescope. There is a beautiful, starry sky. Suddenly, the stars begin
to dance and jump around. A hazy mist forms. Within the mist, Rajan
sees the future

87
Kaz sitting alone at his desk in his empty classroom, with his head in his
hands, looking miserable and upset.

Rajan jumps back from the telescope. Cut to front medium view of
Rajan. He stares into the camera with his mouth open, shocked by what
he saw.

Fade out.

Episode 6: U-Turn

Scene 1

Int, Day, Dr Shakalu's Submarine

(Dangerous music.) Dr Shakalu is sitting at his chair in his underwater


den. His two pet crocodiles are crawling around on the floor, snapping
their jaws menacingly. Mr Turner is standing opposite him, and they are
talking.

DR SHAKALU:
Mr. Turner! Tumhe pata hai mujh me kya khaas baat hai ?

MR TURNER:
Nahi Sir. Kya hai ?

DR SHAKALU:
(Camera showing close up of angry face with grilling teeth)
Mujhe haste huye bache bilkul bhi ache nahi lagte ...Dr Shakalu,
sabh bacho ki khushi ko khaalu...

DR SHAKALU:
Tum ik teacher ho. Tum bacho ke nazdeek rehte ho. Tumhe mera
ek kam karna hoga…varna …!! (camera showing, the two
crockodiles ..)

88
MR TURNER:
(fearful voice and face)
Mai Sabh Samajh gaya sir.. Mai bacho ke chehro pe kabhi khuhsi
nahi aney doonga. Rula rula ke unka bura haal kar dunga ...

DR SHAKALU:
(happy - weird smile)
Shaabash Mr Turner!! Sabhi teachers ko aisa hi karna chahiye.
Bacho ko sikhao ki padayi likhayi mein kuch nahi rakha. Jo padega
vo marega, jo nahi padega vo amar ho jaagea.

Camera showing close up of Dr Shakalu


Cut.

Scene 1.1

Int. Day. Kaz’s classroom.


Wide shot of Kaz’s classroom. The door opens and the teacher walks in.
His name is Mr. Turner. He goes to the front desk, picks up a pile of
papers from the desk, and turns to the children.

MR TURNER:
(sternly)
Good morning baccho. Kal ke test ke results se shuru karte hai…..

Mr Turner hands out the test results.

CHILD 1:
Waah...mujhe A mila

CHILD 2:
Mujhe sabse acche marks mile hai

CHILD 3:
Yay! Mujhe full marks mile hai!

Kaz looks around, confused.

89
Mr Turner reaches Kaz’s desk and puts the test paper down in front of
Kaz. Kaz looks down and sees a big, red E- on his test paper. Kaz looks
up at Mr Turner as he walks past.

KAZ TO MR TURNER:
Mr. Turner…...Mr. Turner…..kya aapko pakka yakeen hai aapne ye
papers sahi se check kiye hai?

Mr Turner turns to Kaz with a very angry look in his eyes.

MR TURNER TO KAZ:
Kya matlab?
(low, dangerous voice)
Kya tum teacher ho? Ab tum mujhe sikhaoge papers kaise check
karte hai?

KAZ TO MR TURNER:
Err, nahi, nahi, Sir….par hamesha mujhe acche marks milte hai
kyuki mai mehnat se padhta hoon…..Mujhe pehele kabhi E minus
nahi mila….

Mr Turner comes back to Kaz’s table, picks up his test paper and looks
at it. Then he takes the paper in both his hands and rips it in half. He
drops the two halves of the exam down in front of Kaz on the desk.

MR TURNER TO KAZ:
Agli baar aur jyaada mehnat karna

Mr Turner turns around and walks off, continuing to give out the test
papers. Kaz is upset and puts his head in his hands, while the children
around him are happy

Cut.

Scene 2

90
EXT. DAY. SCHOOL PLAYGROUND.

Wide shot of the playground. The playground is full of children playing,


laughing and having fun. There are a few teachers standing here and
there on duty. Kesri Kids are sitting around a picnic bench talking. Inder
is biting into an apple. Sam is drinking a juice carton. Cut to medium shot
of Kesri Kids. Kaz is telling them about Mr Turner.

KAZ TO KESRI KIDS:


Aur phir unhone mera paper sabke saamne do hisso mein phaad
diya…...

RAJAN TO KAZ:
Baapre…..ye toh khadoos hai….

Kesri Kids make shocked, gasping sounds.

Scene 2.1

Int, Day, Kaz's classroom

Mr Turner is sitting at his desk in the empty classroom, talking on the


phone.

MR TURNER:
Dr Shakalu, apka plan kaam kar raha hai. Ye sabh confuse ho
rahey hai.

DR SHAKALU:
Very good! Yaad rahey, sabh chehro se hasi gum kardo.. sabh ko
rulao....sabh ko rona hoga

MR TURNER:
Yes, Sir. Sabh ko rona hoga…

DR SHAKALU:
(laugh …)

91
Ha ha ha ...Dr Shakalu, sabh bacho ki khushi ko khaalu...

Cut.

Scene 2.2

Ext, Daytime, Playground

The KK are sitting together on the picnic bench, still discussing.

KAZ TO KESRI KIDS:


Unke baare mein kuch toh ajeeb hai….pata nahi kya...par kuch toh
hai…..

SAM TO KESRI KIDS:


Mujhe lagta hai humein unke baare mein thoda aur janana chahiye

EESHA TO KESRI KIDS:


Par kaise?

Jazz’s voice comes from off-screen.

JAZZ TO KAZ:
(trying to whisper)
Psst, psst. Kaz. Suno Kaz!

Kaz and all the Kesri Kids turn their heads and look at the metal fence
around the playground. Jazz is standing outside the gates. He has
pushed his head through the bars. Kaz and the Kesri Kids run over and
crowd around Jazz.

JAZZ TO KAZ:
Aj di tazi khabar ki hai..? Ehi ki, Kaz, mera yaar bahut upset hai..!
(trying to push his body through the metal bars)
Kithe aa oh baandar jeha jehne mere yaar nu dukhi kita, aao sab
mil ke uhnu khilaaye papita?

92
INDER TO KK:
(Looks around at all the people in the playground)
Humein ise school ke andar laana hoga…..

JAZZ TO KK:
Shaabaash..Jaaz beta...! Aj daddy khush honge, unka beta Jazz
school jo jaa raha hai …

INDER TO JAZZ:
Abhi masti ka time nahi hai, chalo andar ..! Yaad rahe chup chup
ke rehna hoga ..

JAZZ TO INDER:
Chup Chup Ke...lagta hai bollywood ki kisi movie ka naam hai.
Mujhe to laga ki meri foto kal ke newspaper Main hogi...duniya
pehla ghoda school mein dodha ...he he he ..!

Cut to next shot of Jazz walking through the school playground. Jazz is
keeping himself very low by ducking his head and bending his knees.
Sam and Inder are walking (sidestepping) on the left side of Jazz, and
Eesha and Rajan are walking (sidestepping) on the right side of Jazz,
making a wall around him. Kaz is walking in front of him. All the Kesri
kids are looking very guilty and sneaky. This will be a comical scene as
Jazz can still be seen hiding behind the Kesri Kids, but somehow it
works. Nobody notices Jazz, and the Kesri Kids manage to sneak him
into school.

CUT.

Scene 3

INT. DAY. SCHOOL.

All the Kesri Kids and Jazz are in the corridor outside Kaz’s classroom.
Jazz and Kaz are looking through the classroom door. The other 4 Kesri
Kids are standing watch in the corridor. Jazz is wearing his orange
shades. Mr Turner is in the classroom. Mr Turner has his back facing the

93
door because he is working on a display at the end of the classroom.
Using his x-ray vision, Jazz looks all around the classroom from the
glass panel in the door. He looks through the locked cupboard in Mr
Turner’s desk. The locked cupboard is stuffed full of gifts. Jazz frowns
and he turns to Kaz.

JAZZ TO KAZ:
(whispering)
Tumhein unke Drawer mein dekhna hoga…..Kaash mai bhi bacha
hunda ...ye to interesting hunda piya hai re baba…!

Kaz looks through the door, first at the desk, then Mr Turner.

KAZ:
Par kaise...Mr Turner toh andar hi hai

JAZZ:
Oye hoye ...Mainu, ki pata yaar, mai koi Mr. India hegaa...kuch aap
v socheya karo ...

INDER:
(brightly, from behind them)
Mai jaati hoon!

Close up shot of her rubbing her invisibility cream on her hand. Long
shot, she seems to disappear as she becomes invisible. She quietly
open the door, closes it and goes into the classroom. She tiptoes over to
the desk. The camera shows Mr Turner with his back towards the door.
We see the display board he is working on. In the middle, there is a giant
photo of Mr Turner. Above that there is a sign which says ‘World’s best
teacher’ and he is pinning up lots of cards/notes from the students which
say ‘world’s best teacher’, ‘number one teacher’, ‘top teacher’, and so
on.

The key is already in the cupboard. Inder unlocks the cupboard and pulls
the door open. She takes out the top three presents that she can quickly
get her hands on. She quickly closes the cupboard, locks it and goes

94
back out of the classroom. In the corridor, she becomes visible again.
Holding the gifts in her hands, she shows all the Kesri Kids. The Kesri
Kids crowd around her, looking at the presents. One gift is a mug which
says ‘Best Teacher - Mr Turner’. Another gift is a pen in a display box
which says ‘World’s Best Teacher’. The third gift is a cuddly teddy bear
wearing a red T-shirt, with white loveheart. Above the loveheart, in white
lettering it says, ‘Best Teacher’ and below the loveheart, it says, ‘Mr
Turner’. The gifts all have name tags on. The tags say ‘from Adam, ‘from
Roberto’, ‘from Sabi’. Kaz is frowning whilst looking at the gifts and
trying to figure out what’s happening. He suddenly gasps, eyes opening
wide.

KAZ TO KESRI KIDS:


Ye sab vahi bacche hai jinhein aaj ki test mein jyaada marks
mile….

RAJAN TO KESRI KIDS:


Toh iska matlab…..Mr Turner unhin baccho ko jyaada marks de
rahe hai jo…..

ALL KESRI KIDS TOGETHER:


Unhein gifts dete hai…..

EESHA TO KESRI KIDS:


Yeh toh galat hai….

SAM TO KESRI KIDS:


Chalo Mrs Patel se shikayat kare

KAZ:
Accha idea hai…..vo unhein zarur sabak sikhayegi

MR BLING - introductory scene - comes in front of them.

MR BLING TO KK:
Kyaa Baat Hai Bacha Log!
(looking at them over his glasses)

95
Koi lafdaa hai kyaa…??

KK:
Mr Bling!

MR BLING TO KK:
Agar tum headteacher se complaint kroge toh Mr Turner ke
parivaar ka kya hoga

KAZ TO MR BLING:
Kyu? Kaise?

MR BLING:
Arey yaar, tum toffee bahut khaate ho yaar...suno dhyaa se...agar
tumne Mrs Patel se complaint ki toh Mr Turner ko naukri se nikaal
diya jayega….aur agar vo nikaal diye gye toh unke paas koi kaam
nahi hoga. Aur bina kaam ke…..paisa nahi hoga…..aur bina paise
ke…..vo apne parivaar ko khaana nahi khila paayege…..aur bina
khaane ke unka parivaar…. (pause - looking over his
glasses)...kya tum yahi chahate ho?

KAZ TO MR BLING:
(pauses, begrudgingly)
Nahi...

MR BLING:
Mere khyal se unhein unki galti ke baare mein smjhana jyaada
accha rhega...jo unhien badalne mein madad karega. Accha kroge
toh accha paaoge….Mr Turner ke saath galat mat karna….varna
tumlogo ke saath bhi bura ho sakte hai…..aakhir Guru Nanak Ji ne
kaha hai…..AAPAE BEEJ, AAPAE HEE KHAAU’. Samajh gaye
na….ab mere joote polish karne ka time hogaya hai….mai to
chalaaa…..

MR BLING does a backflip in the air and fades away. Kesri Kids all look
at each other.

96
KAZ:
Mujhe lagta hai vo sahi kehrhe hai

SAM:
Toh tum unhein badloge kaise?

INDER:
(looking at the presents in her hands)
Tumhein unhein kuch alag tofha dena hoga…..kuch aisa jo unhein
unki galti ka ehsaas dila de….

RAJAN:
(nodding)
Ek bohot hi alag sa taufa….kya ho sakta hai?

Kesri Kids are all thinking… thinking…

EESHA:
Aahaaa! Mujhe pata hai kya

A light bulb flashes on above her head. She opens her khajana and
takes out a small, rectangular gift, the same size and shape as an A6
card, which is already wrapped.

KAZ:
Yeh kya hai?

The Kesri Kids all lean in. Eesha whispers to them what it is, but the
audience doesn’t hear. All the Kesri Kids respond in one go.

KAZ:
(talking at the same time)
Waah!

INDER:
(talking at the same time)
Yeh toh bohot accha hai!

97
RAJAN:
(talking at the same time)
Bohot acchi tarkeeb hai!

SAM:
(talking at the same time)
Waah bohot khoob!

Then Kaz speaks.

KAZ TO KESRI KIDS:


Isse vo pakka sabak seekh jaayege

He is happy and grinning. Close up of the gift in Kaz’s hand.

CUT.

Scene 4

INT. DAY. KAZ’S CLASSROOM.

Wide shot of Kaz’s classroom. It’s after breaktime. All the children are
sitting at their desks and Mr Turner is holding a pile of papers in his
hands.

MR TURNER TO CLASS:
Chalo baccho…..ab tumhare maths test ka samay hogaya hai

Mr Turner is handing out the test papers. He puts one at Kaz’s desk.

KAZ TO MR TURNER:
Sir….mere paas aapke liye kuch hai….

Kaz presents the gift with both his palms together. Mr Turner looks at the
gift in Kaz’s hands, then he looks at Kaz and raises his eyebrow.

98
MR TURNER TO KAZ:
Ohhh….thank you very much….par iski kya jarurat thi….

Mr Turner takes the gift from Kaz, goes to his desk and puts it inside the
cupboard. He then continues handing out test papers.

MR TURNER TO CLASS:
Toh baccho….tumhare paas 30 minute hai ye test ko chup chaap
khatam karne ke liye….ab tum sab shuru kar sakte ho…..

Cut to Kaz. He opens his test paper and starts writing. Wide shot, the
children are all doing their tests. Cut to clock. The time is 11am. The
hands on the clock blend to show the new time. It is now 11:30am. Mr
Turner, sitting at his desks, calls out to the class.

MR TURNER TO CLASS:
Bas….bacho….time khatam…..apni pencils table pe rakhdo….

The bell rings for lunchtime.

Voiceover from Mr Turner as all the children stand up and pack away.

MR TURNER - VOICEOVER:
Apne test papers mere desk par rakh dena….mai unhein lunch
mein check krluga...

The children go out of the classroom in a wide shot. All the children put
their maths tests in a pile as they leave. Kaz waits for everyone to go.
Cut to a medium shot of Kaz, who walks up to Mr Turner’s desk. Mr
Turner is collecting the papers together and neatening the pile. Kaz and
Mr Turner are the only ones in the classroom.

KAZ:
Aapne mere tohfa dekha? Aapko vo bohot pasand aayega

MR TURNER:
(looks at Kaz with an eyebrow raised)

99
Nahi….mai abhi dekhta hoon…..

Mr Turner takes the present out of the desk and he unwraps it. While he
does this, Kaz speaks.

KAZ:
Mai chah raha tha ki mujhe Maths test mein acche marks mile

Mr Turner finishes unwrapping the gift. Close up of the gift. There are
two things inside the wrapping paper. One is an old school photograph
and the second is an old exam paper. Mr Turner opens up the exam
paper. It has E minus written on it in with a red circle around it. Cut to Mr
Turner’s face. His eyes open wide. He looks shocked and he gasps.
Close up of the school photo in his hands. He points to a little boy in the
middle.

MR TURNER:
(quiet, shaky voice)
Ye toh mai hoon….Yeh meri puraani school ki tasveer hai

Zoom into the photo and then zoom out again, the scene is now a
flashback inside Mr Turner’s mind. The little boy from the photo - Child
Mr Turner - is now sitting at a desk in a classroom. Child Mr Turner is
looking down at his test paper which he’s holding in his hands. The test
paper has an E minus in a red circle. Child Mr Turner looks up at his
teacher, with tears filling up his big, wide eyes.

CHILD MR TURNER:
(small, squeaky, nervous voice)
Mam….kya aapne ye sahi check kiya hai? Maine bohot mehnat ki
thi…..aur mujhe saare answers bhi aate the

The teacher is wearing glasses. She has a pointy nose and a very stern
looking expression. She is an older lady with white hair in a bun.

OLD STERN TEACHER:


(looks down her nose at him, in a low hissing voice)

100
Par mera tohfa kahan tha?

Child Mr Turner’s lips tremble and he starts crying. The crying face of
Child Mr Turner blends into adult Mr Turner, whose face is looking very
troubled. One tear rolls down his cheek and he sniffs. He wipes his nose
with the back of his hand. Mr Turner looks at Kaz.

MR TURNER:
(emotional, sniffing)
Kaz….mai tumhare saath bilkul vahi cheez kar raha tha jo meri
teacher ne mere saath ki

Mr Turner looks very upset.

KAZ:
Aapko kaisa laga tha….Jab aapki teacher ne aapke saath aisa
kiya

MR TURNER:
Bohot bura….vo bohot bura tha….

Mr Turner starts crying like a baby.

KAZ:
Toh aap mere saath aisa kyu kar rahe hai? Kya aap chahte hai mai
bhi vaisa hi mehsoos karu?

Mr Turner covers his face with his hands, sobbing. He sniffs and calms
himself down.

MR TURNER:
(in a wobbly voice)
Nahi...nahi...

Kaz looks at the display board at the back of the classroom. Cut to the
display, which has been completed. Kaz turns to Mr Turner.

101
KAZ:
Sir...mai jaanta hoon ki aap apne teacher se jyaada achha kar
sakte haii…..
(pointing to the display board)
Aapko vo dikh raha hai? Kya likha hai?

Mr Turner sniffles and wipes his nose with a tissue. Looking at the
display, he speaks in a broken voice.

MR TURNER:
World’s best teacher. Par yeh ek jhoot hai…..

KAZ:
(encouragingly)
Par Mr Turner ye sach bhi ho sakta hai….aap nahi chahte ye sach
ho?

MR TURNER:
(thoughtfully)
Haan...
(gaining confidence)
Haan...Haan mai chahta hoon

KAZ:
Toh aapko badalna hoga...ek behetar teacher banna hoga….

MR TURNER:
(nodding resolutely)
Tum sahi keh rahe ho Kaz! Mai ek accha teacher ban sakta
hoon...aur mai banuga

Mr Turner bends down, unlocks the cupboard and takes out all of the
presents from the drawer. He is holding a massive pile of presents in his
arms.

MR TURNER:
Yeh lo Kaz...ye sab mujhse door le jaao

102
(passes them into Kaz’s arms)
Mujhe ye sab nahi chaiye….please inhein le jaao….mere liye ab
koi tohfa nahi…..

Kaz thinks for a moment, looking at all of the gifts in his arms. A slow
smile comes over his face.

KAZ:
Mujhe ek jagah pata hai jahan inki jarurat hai

CUT.

Scene 5

EXT. DAY. OUTSIDE CITY ORPHANAGE

Wide shot of the city view, and Sam is flying on his skateboard, holding
the massive pile of presents in his arms. He flies to a building. The
building has a sign which says, ‘City Orphanage.’ The children from the
orphanage are all sitting together and playing on the grass. Sam comes
and he drops presents into each of the kids’ hands.

SAM TO ORPHANAGE KIDS:


Yeh lo….sabke liye hai...sabke liye tohfe….

Medium shot of presents falling into their open hands. The children all
catch the presents and are all happy. Sam waves at the kids. They wave
at him. He turns around on his skateboard and flies away, back to
school.

CUT.

Scene 6

INT. DAY. KAZ’S CLASSROOM

103
Wide shot of Kaz’s classroom. All the children are sitting at their desks.
Cut to long shot of Mr Turner giving out test papers. He reaches Kaz’s
table and puts the test paper down on the table. Close up of the test
paper. It says A + in big red letters with a red circle around it.

MR TURNER TO KAZ:
Bohot acche Kaz….tumne kaafi accha kiya

KAZ TO MR TURNER:
Shukriya sir….sab aapki wajah se hua hai….

Kaz is holding the paper in his hands. He looks very happy. Final shot of
Kaz smiling happily into the camera.

CUT.

Scene 6.1

Int, Day, Kaz's classroom & Dr Shakalu's Submarine

Mr Turner is sitting in the empty classroom. He is talking on the phone.


Dr Shakalu is sitting in his den. He is talking on his phone. Switch
between the two locations.

MR TURNER:
Maine tumhe ye batane ke liye phone kiya hai ki mai ab vo nahi
kar sakta jo tum chahte ho..

DR SHAKALU:
What? How dare you.. Dr Shakalu ki baat na maan ne hashar
jaante h?

MR TURNER:
Mujhe bacho ki khushi chahiye bas, mai ik teacher hu aur teacher
ka kaam bacho ko gayaan dena dukh dena nahi.

DR SHAKALU:

104
Oh teacher sahib, zada bhaashan mat dijiye. Aisa kya ho gaya jo
tum badal gaye.

MR TURNER:
The Kesri Kids changed me. Uhnhone mujhe ek behtar teacher
ban na sikhaya hai. Goodbye, Dr Shakalu.

Mr Turner puts the phone down.

Cut to Dr Shakalu's lair. He puts the phone down growling.

DR SHAKALU:
(Naughty voice, rubbing hands on his head)
Hmmm...Kesri Kids ...Naam Acha hai par kaam bura karto ho…
(Angry face and angry voice)
Tum Kesri Kids ko to - mai maza chakhaunga ! Dr Shakalu, sabh
bacho ki khushi ko khaalu...

Cut.

Scene 7

INT. NIGHT. RAJAN’S BEDROOM

Wide shot of Rajan’s bedroom. It is dark. Mandy is asleep on the bottom


bunk. Rajan is sitting on the top bunk with his back facing the camera.
The curtains are open and Rajan is looking out of the window using his
telescope. Camera zooms past Rajan and goes into the telescope. In the
telescope, we can see the beautiful, starry night sky. The stars all start
dancing and merge together to become a grey, misty haze.

In the grey haze, Rajan sees Eesha walking through a door. Her twin
brothers Danny and Ronny come out from behind the door, stand next to
each other and squirt her with their individual water guns. Eesha gets
drenched, and shrieks with shock. She stands in the doorway, dripping
wet with a puddle of water all around her, and her twin brother stand
laughing nearby.

105
Front shot of Rajan. He jerks his head back from the telescope, shocked
by his vision. He stares into the camera with wide eyes and a concerned
expression, thinking about what he has seen.

CUT.

Episode 7: Double Impact

Scene 1

Ext, Day, Bus stop

Wide shot of bus stop in the street. A bus drives into the frame and stops
at the bus stop. Cut to medium shot. Eesha gets off the bus. At the bus
stop, there is a digital billboard with an ad. Eesha stops and looks at it. It
is an advertisement for the "Urban Turban Fashion" campaign. The
fashion label is 1699 with the tagline: "Timeless Fashion". Inder gets
excited and her eyes open wide.

EESHA:
(gasps and reads out loud)
Urban Turban Fashion. 1699: Timeless Fashion. Models chahiye:
judwaa ladke!

Cut

Scene 2

Int, Day, Eesha’s House

Eesha opens the front door and walks into the hallway. Danny and
Ronny were hiding behind the door. They jump out and squirt her with
their water guns. She is drenched from head to toe. Eesha stands in the
doorway, dripping wet, looking grumpy. Bibi Ji comes down the corridor,
sees what they have done and tells them off.

106
EESHA TO DANNY AND RONNY:
Tum log….mai puri gili hogyi hoon….mere saath masti karna band
karo….

BIBI TO DANNY AND RONNY:


Eh ki kita tusi! Sharam nahi aundi tuhanu!

EESHA TO DANNY and RONNY:


(annoyed)
Theek hai..theek hai….shaant hojao sab...mujhe aapko ek
competition ke baare mein batana hai….

Eesha’s mum and dad come down the corridor to see what's happening.

EESHA’s MUM to EESHA:


Competition...kaisa competition?

EESHA TO MUM:
Urban Turban Fashion competition. Unhein do judwaa ladke
chahiye...pagdi ki modelling ke liye…..aur jeetne wale bacchon ki
tasvver pure sheher mein lagegi...

EESHA’s DAD TO MUM:


(thoughtfully)
Hmmm…yeh toh accha idea hai….yeh unhein busy rakhega….

EESHA'S MUM TO DAD:


Haan….shayad isse yeh mere saath kuch din masti karna band
karde...

BIBI TO DANNY AND RONNY:


Hmm… Bahut wadiya! Eh dekho!

While they are talking, Bibi Ji takes out her smartphone and presses a
few buttons. She turns her phone to Danny and Ronny, who both crowd
around it to have a look. On the screen, there is a photo of some cool,

107
modern Singhs in stylish turbans. Danny swipes his finger on the screen,
looking at different photos of turbans.

DANNY:
(laughs)
Yeh bohot funny lag rahe hai...

Ronny grabs Bibiji’s chunni and wraps it around Danny’s head. It's very
messy, and half the chunni is dangling loosely to the floor. Danny and
Ronny look at each other and they burst out laughing.

MUM TO ALL:
Yeh jitna humne socha tha usse mushqil hoga...Humein toh pagdi
bandhana hi nahi aata hai...

DAD TO ALL:
Chalo kisi se madad lete hai….

EESHA TO ALL:
(suddenly, excitedly)
Inder dastaar pehenti hai...shayad vo hamari kuch madad kar
sake...

DANNY TO RONNY:
INDER? Par vo toh ladki hai!

RONNY TO DANNY:
Ladki nahi...chiii...

EESHA TO DANNY AND RONNY:


Rehene bhi do...mai bhi toh ladki hi hoon….vo acchi hai….acche
se kaam kar degi….

Cut.

Scene 2.1

108
Int, Day, Dr Shakalu’s Submarine

Dangerous music. Dr Shakalu is sitting at his chair in his underwater


den. His two pet crocodiles are crawling around on the floor, snapping
their jaws menacingly. The Urban Turban Fashion Competition poster is
in his hands. He scrunches up his nose in disgust, while looking at it.

DR SHAKALU:
Ye to Disgusting hai! Ek saath itne sare twins bachey ?? itni sari
khushi ….nahi ye nahi ho sakta..Isey rokna hoga ...

He throws the poster down on his desk.

DR SHAKALU:
Dr Shakalu, sabh bacho ki khushi ko khaalu…! Ha ha ha!

Cut.

Scene 3

Int, Day, Eesha’s Bedroom.

Wide shot. Inder, Danny, Ronny, and Eesha are in Eesha’s bedroom.
They are standing near her dressing table. Cut to medium shot.

INDER TO BOYS:
Ishe acche se aur jaldi karne ke kuch niyam hai….Sidhe khade
rehna….apna sir mat hilana...baat mat karna….hasna mat….sidhe
dekhna….

Inder wraps the pagg material around Danny’s head. Danny turns and
looks at Ronny, and they both start laughing.

INDER TO DANNY:
Hilo mat...tumhein sidhe khade rehna hai….

109
Danny puts both hands on his mouth and carries on giggling. Inder
continues wrapping the turban material around Danny, turning him
around and around on the spinning chair. When she looks down at him
(full body shot), she realises that the material is twisted and wrapped all
around Danny’s body, like a comical Egyptian mummy. Danny and
Ronny look at each other and burst out laughing.

INDER:
(frustrated)
Ahhhhhh!

Cut to new shot of Inder wrapping material around Ronny’s head.

She continues until the material has nearly finished. As the bottom of the
material comes up into the frame, she notices that it is knotted with
Danny’s pagg material. Cut to long shot. She steps back and looks at
both twins,. Inder sees that Danny’s pagg material, while being wrapped
around his head and body, has been knotted up with Ronny’s material.
So, they are both joined together in a tight knot.

RONNY:
(giggling)
Yeh mazedaar hai!

Danny giggles too.

INDER TO EESHA:
(dejected and disappointed)
Sorry Eesha….pata nahi yeh itna mushqil kyu hai…..mujhe lagta
hai tumhein kisi aur ki madad leni hogi…

EESHA:
(sighs)
Koi baat nahi….hum kuch aur try karte hai….

Mr Bling - introductory sequence - appears before them.

110
MR BLING TO KK:
Kyaa Baat Hai Bacha Log!
(looking at them over his glasses)
Koi lafdaa hai kyaa…??

EESHA:
(nods gloomily)
Humein samjh nahi aa raha hai ki in dono par pagdi kaise
baandhe...

While MR BLING speaks, small illustrations pop up in a thought bubble


on the screen near his head.

MR BLING:
Kyuki tum kuch bhool rahe ho bacho….Ek pagdi sar ka taaj hoti
hai….Ye puri duniyaa ke alag alag hisso mein peheni jaati hai..Ishe
pehenne ke liye...tumhein iska aadar karna hoga...Punjabiyon
mein pehli baar pagdi pehen ne se pehele Pagg Bandi jarur honi
chahiye…..Toh agar tumhein ye competition jeetna hai...toh
tumhein pehele vo karna hoga…

Mr Bling brings out of the air a very beautiful, cream coloured dastaar
with a faint, shimmering golden pattern embroidered on it. It's folded up.
He gives it to them.

MR BLING:
Yeh tumhari kaafi madad karega….

Eesha takes the materials in her hands. Danny and Ronny crowd around
too and look at it, running their fingers over it.

Cut.

Scene 4

Int, Day, Lounge at Eesha;s House

111
Wide shot of lounge. Eesha’s mum and dad are sitting on the sofas,
watching tv. Bibi Ji is rocking on her rocking chair and knitting. Eesha
and the twins walk into the room and stand in the middle of the room,
blocking the view to the tv. Bibi stops knitting and watches them too.

EESHA TO MUM and DAD:


Mum..Dad….Humein Danny aur Ronny ke competition ke pehele
unki Pagg Bandi karni hogi…

MUM:
(surprised)
Pagg bandi? Par humne koi tayaari nahi ki hai….hamare paas toh
pagg ka samaan bhi nahi hai….

EESHA:
(showing them the material in her hands)
Haan...hamare paas hai....

MUM:
Waah..

DAD:
Yeh bohot sundar hai...Par humne abhi kisi ko bulaya nahi
hai….agar hum dono ki Pagg Bandi karte hai toh humein yahan
sab chahiye….yeh badi baat hai...

EESHA:
(thoughtfully)
Fikar mat kijiye….Sabko bulaane ka jimma mera hua...

Cut.

Scene 5

Ext, Day, Eesha’s Farmhouse Garden

112
Wide shot of garden. Eesha and Sam are standing together. Cut to
medium shot of Eesha opening her Khajana. She pulls out a thick pile of
invitations. Close up of invitations. They are all pre-written in named
envelopes. She hands them to Sam, who is standing on his floating
skateboard.

EESHA:
Yeh rahe invitations….ab humein bas ye dene hai….

SAM:
Koi baat nahi...Skate Man Sam haazir hai…...

Sam whizzes out of frame. Camera shows the back of his skateboard
flying away.

Cut.

Scene 5.1

Iny, Day, Dr Shakalu’s Submarine

On the desk is a large map blueprint of the auditorium where the


Competition will take place. Dr Shakalu is holding up a magnifying glass
to his eye and looking at the map. One eye is much bigger than the other
one because of the magnifying glass. Close up of map as he traces a
path over it using his finger.

DR SHAKALU:
Arey Kahan hai...dhooondh Shakalu dhoondh….kahan hai meri
kismat kar darwaza kahan hai tu ….

His finger glides over the map and reaches the electrical mains point.

DR SHAKALU:
Aha! Mil Gaya... Yahi to mujhe chahiye tha ...
(gleefully)

113
Ab dekho mai kaisa bawaal machata hu. Dr Shakalu, sabh bacho
ki khushi ko khaalu...!

Cut.

Scene 6

Int, Day, Gurdwara

Establishing shot of City Gurdwara.


Text on the screen will say: CITY GURDWARA
Cut to inside Gurdwara, darbar hall. A very quick 9 second montage
scene, all music and no dialogue.

Danny and Ronny are sitting upstairs in Darbar Hall in front of Guru
Granth Sahib Ji. All their family, kesri kids with their families, lots of other
guests, relatives and friends are there. Everyone is watching, smiling
and happy. Giani Ji comes forward. He starts to tie a very neat turban on
Danny’s head first using the shimmering golden material. Ronny is
looking at Danny. He points to him and laughs. Then Giani Ji ties the
turban on Ronny. Now Danny points at Ronny and laughs. The camera
shows them sitting together with both of their turbans, they are not
laughing anymore but looking proud, happy.

Their turbans look very regal. very smart and really good. Cut to outside
Gurdwara Sahib. They both walk out of the entrance of Gurdwara. Kesri
kids are there behind them, and their mum and dad are also there.
Danny and Ronny look at each other, smile and nod. They're ready to
go.

Cut.

Scene 7

Int, Day, Auditorium

Wide shot of the auditorium,

114
Text on the screen will say: COMPETITION ARENA
There is a stage at the front and a wide empty space. Camera pans
across the crowd. There are loads of identical twins, all in neatly tied
turbans of different colours and decorations. They are all looking very
smart - standing around, talking, meeting each other, laughing, some are
running around playing. The camera stops on Danny and Ronny, who
are wearing smart jackets with flowers peeping out of the front pocket.
They are messing around playfully together. KK are also there, watching.

On the front stage, there is a Punjabi gentleman (Sardar Judge) standing


with a 1699 branded turban on his head. He has a neatly trimmed beard.
He is wearing shades and smart clothing. Above him, there is a banner
which says: “Urban Turban Fashion Campaign”.

SARDAR JUDGE:
Kripiya sab dhyaan dijiye….

Everyone quietens down and looks at him, including Danny and Ronny.

SARDAR JUDGE:
Saare judwa baccho ka 1699’s Urban Turban Fashion campaign
mein swagat hai….Hum sab bohot excited hai itni saari sundar
padgiyan dekhne ke liye….judging thodi der mein shuru
hogi…..Jeetne ke liye hum do cheezein dekhege...peheli vo pagdi
jo sabse khoobsurti hogi aur dusri vo pagdi jo sabse majboot
hogi….Toh shuru krte hai mazbooti ki pareeksha se….

KAZ TO JAZZ:
Agar mera judwaa bhai hota….toh ye mere alawa koi nahi jeet
paata

JAZZ TO KAZ:
Oh bhrava, je koyi meri pagg bandi karda ta mai vi hisa le lenda.

Cut.

Scene 8

115
Int, Day, Auditorium - Set up for Hurdle Races

Now in the wide open space, there are three parallel lanes arranged with
hurdles placed at regular intervals. Sardar Judge is still standing on the
stage, watching them. All the twins are standing in queues in their pairs.
KK are also there, watching.

SARDAR JUDGE:
Ek acchi pagdi majboot aur niyamit hoti hai….vo na toh mudti hai
aur na hi girtin hai….Majbooti ke test mein aap sabko in hurdles ke
upar se kudate hue bhaanga hoga...aur dhyaan rahe pagdi sir par
hi rehni chahiye….

The first three pairs of twins come to the start line in their lanes, and
crouch down, ready to start running. Sardar Judge raises his arm.

SAM:
Ye kaafi exciting ho raha hai….

EESHA:
Mujhe darr hai kahin vo haar gaye toh unka dil na tut jaaye….

INDER TO EESHA:
Fikar mat karo

Inset: Mr Bling’s previous dialogue scene: if you want to win this


competition, you must do pagg bandi ceremony first.

INDER TO EESHA:
Haan humne vo kiya tha toh…..

JAZZ TO ALL:
(whispering)
Tusi sarey fikar bahut ho yaar, tuhanu Ik andar di gal dassa? Kisi
hor ne pagg bandi nahi kiti!

116
SARDAR JUDGE:
Sab tayaar...teen….do….ek….

He brings his arm down quickly, signalling the start of the race.

The race starts. The first three pairs of twins start running, and jumping
over the hurdles. In the first lane, one twin’s turban starts wobbling on
his head. His eyes look up at his wobbly turban and he looks worried. He
stops running. His turban is lopsided on his head. The second twin runs
off, leaving him behind. Reaction shot of Eesha.

In the second lane, the twins are jumping over the hurdles fine, and they
are in front of the others. But suddenly, as they jump over the last hurdle,
their turbans lift straight off their heads. As they come down from their
jump, the turbans remaining suspended in the air, and after a delay
come back down. Both twins catch their turbans in their hands, and look
at each other in dismay. Reaction shot of Inder.

In the third lane, one twin is running in front of the other. Suddenly, the
larh (pleat) of the fast twin’s turban becomes loose. As he's running, the
turban starts unraveling and flapping in the air behind him. The loose
materials starts flapping in the face of the slow twin, who trips and falls
over. Reaction shot of Sam.

Camera pans to Danny and Ronny, who are standing next in the queue.
They are watching the races nervously. They look at each other with
concern. They put their hands on their turbans and press them down,
trying to make sure they’re tight enough.

Danny and Ronny step forward to the start line and crouch down. On the
stage, Sardar Judge raises his hand and brings it down, to signal the
start of the race. In the first lane, Danny and Ronnie start running and
jumping over the hurdles. In the second and third lanes, there are two
other pairs of twins. They're all doing fine, jumping over the hurdles.

Suddenly, in the second lane, one twin gets his foot caught on a hurdle.
He falls over and then his twin brother falls over him. So both the twins

117
end up on the floor. As they sit up, their turbans are loose and bent.
Reaction shot of Kaz.

JAZZ:
(singing tune from The Legend of Bhagat Singh movie)
Paggri sambhaal jatta, paggri sambhaal oye!

In the third lane, as the kids are jumping over the hurdles, their turbans
do a little jiggly dance, bobbing up and down and around on their heads.
With each jump, their turbans bob more fiercely. As they jump over the
last hurdle and their feet touch the ground, their turban slides forward,
covering their foreheads and eyes. Reaction shot of Rajan.

SAM TO INDER:
(shaking her hand)
Pachaas perfect congratulations!

INDER TO SAM:
Kyu?

SAM TO INDER:
Mujhe lagta hai aadha toh vo jeet chuke hai….unki pagdi ab tak
unke sir par hai..

JAZZ:
Oye soneyo, sade te thoda ta vishvas karo, sadi ki respect
shespect honi chahidi hai yaar…

EESHA TO JAZZ:
hmmm

EESHA TO SAM:
(excited)
Ohhh..tab pacchas perfect thank you tumhein bhi….
(looking forward at the twins, under her breath)
Khoob acche, Danny aur Ronny!

118
Cut back to Danny and Ronny. They are running side by side. Together,
they jump over the last hurdle, and run to the finish line. They turn to
look at each other. Both of their turbans look perfect. Smiling broadly,
they give each other a double thumbs up. Reaction shot of KK, all happy
and cheering.

Cut.

Scene 8.1

Int, Day, Auditorium - Electrical Mains

Dr Shakalu enters the frame, dressed in janitor’s overalls and wearing a


moustache. He is toptoeing along the edges of the auditorium, away
from the action. He looks across at the crowd of kids. Danny and Ronny
have just won the race. He sneaks over to the mains box and opens it.

DR SHAKALU:
Ha ha ha ...ab mzaa aayega jab inko apni mummy ki yaad aayegi
...Black is Black !!

JAZZ TO ALL:
Oh Kaalaa Shah Kaalaa, ithe Sab ho Gaya hai Kaalaa, kaalaa
shah kaalaa..

He pulls down the handle and suddenly the auditorium goes black. The
electricity has been cut off.

EESHA:
Hey! What happened! Kya huaa

DANNY AND RONNY:


Eesha? Tum kaha ho ?

All the kids start making lots of noise and panic.

JAZZ:

119
Hmm, Hun aya sama apna kamaal dikhaaun da…

Jazz turns and scans the place with his x-ray vision. In the orange tinted
shades, he sees Dr Shakalu standing against the wall, sneaking away.

JAZZ:
Dr Shakalu! Tera banega aloo..tu hai bahut chaalu, ab dekh mai
kaisey teri hava nikaalu!

He looks next to Dr Shakalu and sees the mains box.

JAZZ:
Ah-ha! Mil gaya!

In the dark, we see his silhouette trotting over to the mains box. He grips
the switch with his jaws and pulls it back up to the ‘on’ position. The
auditorium once again becomes flooded with light. Show wide shot of all
the kids as they were panicking and crying, suddenly they look around
with wide eyes, blinking at each other.

Cut back to Jazz. He’s sitting on Dr Shakalu.

DR SHAKALU:
Abey gadhey ke bachey, tu dharti ka bojh, chal hat yaha se ..apna
kaam kar kam akkal...

JAZZ:
(looking into the camera with a cheek grin)
Kyu ab aa raha hai maza ...beta jab hava nikalti hai na, to achey
acho ko maza aata hai. Vaisey bhi, aj tak sabh mere upar bathey
they, aaj pehli baar mai kisi ke upar baitha huuuuu …. Dr
Shakaluuuu ...Teri Hava Nikaaluuu...
Cut.

Scene 9

Int, Day, Auditorium Stage

120
Wide shot of the stage. Sardar Judge is standing to one side. There is a
black screen set up on the stage, with black curtains on the left and right
sides of it, This is the photoshoot area. There are two tall lights set up in
front of it. In between the lights, a white man with a camera on a tripod is
standing.

SARDAR JUDGE:
Aur ab khoobsurti ki test….har pair ka ek photoshoot hoga….Jis
pair ki pagdi photos mein sabse acchi hogi...is saal ka vijeta vo hi
hoga….

Camera pans across the crowd of twins, who are standing in the open
space. The races have been packed away. The twins are all looking
messy, tired, sweaty, and their turbans are lopsided or wonky. Some are
holding their turbans in their hands, with little topknots on their heads. In
the middle of them all, Danny and Ronny’s turbans look perfectly neat
and tidy.

Cut to the stage, one photoshoot is finishing now. They twins turbans are
half falling off their heads. The photographer snaps a photo and the
twins walk offscreen. Danny and Ronny walk onscreen. They go forward
for their photoshoot. The middle aged camera man with a tubby belly
looks at them rudely, sneering.

PHOTOGRAPHER TO DANNY AND RONNY:


(smirky voice)
Tum sab in majakiya topiyon mein kaafi ajeeb lag rahe ho….

Danny and Ronny look at each others’ turbans with their hands on their
hips.

DANNY AND RONNY TO PHOTOGRAPHER:


(frowning, speaking together strongly)
Ye koi topi nahi hai...ye ek pagdi hai….Ye sir ka taaj hai jiski sab
dharm ke log izzat karte hai....Toh aapko bhi iski izzat karni
chahiye...

121
The camera man looks surprised.

PHOTOGRAPHER:
Ohh, maaf kijiyega.

Danny and Ronny stand in front of the black screen and pose for some
photos, putting their arms around each others’ shoulders and smiling. He
takes their photo. They move and stand in another position. He takes
their photo.

Cut to KK watching from the side. Cut to Jazz sitting on Dr Shakalu, who
is resting his chin in his palm and drumming his fingers on the floor, in a
bored manner. Jazz speaks to viewer.

JAZZ TO CAMERA:
Oh bhrava, mai ta one hundred percent congratulations kehn
wala’n, te party len chaleya. Tusi cake khaana ta ajo ...

JAZZ TO DR SHAKALU:
Mainu tere to baas aaundi hai hau yaraa, tu aj nahaya nahi...Tenu
ta mai dher te sit lena.

Cut to long shot of Danny and Ronny. They move into another pose, and
the photographer takes the final photo. Snap. We see them standing in
their pose as if we’re looking at their photo.

Cut.

Scene 10

Ext, Sunset, Street

The camera zooms out from this same photo. The photo is now on the
digital billboard at the bus stop, where the poster had previously been.
Camera zooms out more. All KK, Eesha, Danny and Ronny are standing
with their backs to the camera, looking at the billboard. Cut to front

122
medium shot. Eesha is standing in the middle, grinning, looking up at the
big, bright billboard.

EESHA:
(joyfully)
Mujhe ab bhi vishwas nahi ho raha ki tum jeet gaye….
I still can't believe you won!

Danny and Ronny look at each other proudly and they smile.

Cut to wide shot of street.

Eesha is in the middle, Danny and Ronny are on either side of her. They
all are walking away from the camera into the sunset. Lining the street
on both sides are giant billboards with Danny and Ronny’s winning
photo, with the branding of 1699: Timeless fashion. Danny and Ronny
are still wearing their turbans proudly.

Cut.

Scene 11

Int, Night, Rajan's bedroom.

Wide shot of Rajan’s room. It's dark. The camera zooms in. Mandy is
asleep on the bottom bunk bed and Rajan is sitting at his window on the
top bunk. He's got his telescope and he's looking out at the stars. The
camera zooms in closer, and goes past Rajan into his telescope. In the
telescope, Rajan can see loads of beautiful stars. Then the stars
become misty and grey. They all become blurry and merge to show him
an image.

Rajan sees himself standing under a shady tree. He looks very troubled,
concerned, distressed. There are three hazy black figures standing
around him. Suddenly, one of the figures pushes him and he falls
backwards, landing on the floor.

123
The blurry image disappears. The stars become normal stars again. Cut
to Rajan, whose head jerks back from the telescope. He is shocked by
what he has just seen. He gasps, his eyes wide.

Cut.

Episode 8: Bad Company

Scene 1

Ext, Daytime, Rajan’s Garden

Close up of a ball on the grass. A child’s foot kicks it. Cut to a wide shot
of the garden. Rajan and Mandy are playing football in their garden.
Mandy has just kicked the ball to Rajan. Rajan stops the ball with his foot
and kicks it back to Mandy. The ball rolls passed Mandy. Laughing,
Mandy goes after the ball and kicks it to Rajan. Rajan stops the ball and
takes a few steps backwards.

RAJAN:
(shouting)
Dhyan se, Mandy!

Rajan runs forward and boots the ball really hard. The ball shoots past
Mandy and crashes into the window. The window shatters into small
pieces. Ranjan comes and stands next to Mandy, both looking at the
broken window in disbelief. Their mouths and eyes are wide open. They
look at each other.

RAJAN:
Uh oh…

Rajan’s Dad comes out holding the ball.

RAJAN’S DAD TO RAJANl:


(shouting)

124
Eh tu Kita! Apne kol uda hi gareebi hai te hun eh v kharch sir te pai
gaya.

Rajan shrinks, hunches his shoulders and tries to make himself small.
RAJAN TO DAD:
(small, quiet voice)
Sorry, Papa.

Rajan’s Dad continues shouting and comes towards Rajan with the ball.

RAJAN’S DAD TO RAJAN:


(shouting)
Sorry?! Sorry da mai achaar pavaa.

Rajan’s Mum comes out after Rajan’s Dad.

RAJAN’S MUM TO RAJAN’S DAD:


(sternly)
Rajat tumhein sambhal kar khelna chahiye

Rajan’s Mum comes to Rajan’s Dad and puts her hand on his arm.

RAJAN’S MUM TO RAJAN’S DAD:


(sternly)
Ab choro bhi...hum ye baad mein dekhte hai...unhein school ke
liye deri ho rahi hai...

RAJAN’S MUM TO RAJAN:


(looking at Rajan and Mandy, in a softer voice)
Chalo baccho….school ka time hogya hai...

Rajan’s Mum goes back into the house, followed by Rajan and Mandy.
Dad throws the ball on the grass and follows them. Inside, as Mum is
walking down the corridor, she stops at a bowl on top of a chest of
drawers. Mum takes off her gold necklace. Close up of the bowl as she
gently drops it into the bowl. She continues walking down the corridor to
the front door.

125
Cut.

Scene 1.1

Int, Day, Dr Shakalu’s Submarine

(Dangerous music.) Dr Shakalu is sitting at his chair in his underwater


den. His two pet crocodiles are crawling around on the floor, snapping
their jaws menacingly. Three kids - a young boy, and two elder (teenage)
boys - are standing opposite him, and they are talking.

DR SHAKALU:
(sweetly, menacingly)
Leo… tumhe to pata hi hai ki mujhe bacho ki khushi se alergy
hai...khush bachey mujhe chickenpox ki tara laget hai ...Mai
chahta ki tum is dharti se sabh bacho ki khushi cheen lo.

LEO:
Yes, Dr Shakalu! Mai taiyaar hu ...

DR SHAKALU:
Good, very good. Tumhe sab bacho aur unke mata pita ke beech
tanaav paida karna hai. Aise bache jo apne parents ke against jaa
ke tumhari baat suney aur fer sari umar rote rehey…

(Shouting)
Jaao ja ke rulaao aise bacho ko ...

LEO AND TWO GANG MEMBERS:


Apka kaam ho jaega. Aap apna blood pressure mat badaaiyai …

Reaction shot of Dr Shakalu


Cut.

Scene 2

126
Int, Daytime, Rajan’s Classroom

Wide shot of Rajan’s classroom. Rajan is sitting at his table, at the back.
There is an empty seat next to him. Eesha is sitting two rows in front,
with her classmate Gyan. At the front of the classroom, Ms Walker (their
teacher) is standing at the front, near her desk, facing the class. A boy is
standing next to Ms Walker.

MS WALKER:
Ye tum sabka naya classmate hai, Leo. Mai chahugi ki tum sab
iske saath acche se raho aur isse dosti karo….

Cut to medium shot of Leo. He looks cool, wearing the school uniform,
but on top he is wearing a black leather jacket. His hair is neatly slicked
back with gel. He is wearing diamond studded white trainers and a
striking, designer watch on his wrist.

MS WALKER TO CLASS:
Ab mai chahugi ki tum mein se koi Leo ka dost ban jaaye taaki vo
is school mein acche se adjust ho jaaye

MS WALKER TO RAJAN:
(looking at Rajan)
Rajan...lagta hai tumhare side mein jagah khaali hai...Leo ko
tumhare saath baithate hai...aur tum uske dost bhi ban sakte ho...

Cut to Rajan’s table. Leo sits down next to Rajan. Rajan looks at Leo
from the side of his eyes. Leo is chewing gum. His black leather jacket
has his name diamond studded on the back.

RAJAN:
Tumhari ghadi acchi hai..

LEO:
(disinterested, not bothered - like he’s too cool to care)
Thanks.

127
RAJAN:
Aur ye jacket bhi kaafi mehengi lagti hai.

LEO:
Thanks.

RAJAN:
Tumhare mummy papa tumhein bohot saare tohfe dete hai kya?

LEO:
(smirking, shaking his head)
Maine ye sab khudse kharida hai...mere joote kaise hai?

RAJAN:
Ye bhi bohot acche hai!

LEO:
Mai tumhari bhi madad kar sakta hoon...agar tum chaho toh! Aisi
hi ghadi...naye joote...acchi jacket?

RAJAN:
(hesitates before responding)
Nahi...darasal...mai toh bas apni khidhki theek karna chahata
hoon..

LEO:
(scoffing)
Ha ha ha...Ye toh kuch bhi nahi! Mai itne paise laa sakta hoon ki
tum apne pure ghar ke liye nayi khidkiyaan kharid lo...

Rajan looks at Leo with wide, admiring eyes.

Cut.

Scene 3

128
Ext, Daytime, School Playground

Wide shot of playground. It is breaktime. Lots of children are playing and


there are a few teachers scattered around too. Cut to a medium shot of
Sam, Eesha, Inder and Kaz standing by the pillars outside the school
entrance. Rajan and Leo come out of the school doors, and Rajan leads
Leo to the Kesri Kids.

RAJAN TO KESRI KIDS:


Kaise ho tumsab! Ye mera dost Leo hai!

RAJAN TO LEO:
Ye sam hai...ye Inder, Eesha aur Kaz..

SAM TO LEO:
Hi Leo! Humlog abhi kuch khelne jaa rahe hai...tum saath
chaloge?

LEO TO SAM:
(shaking his head and chewing gum)
Nahi...mai theek hoon...

Leo turns around and walks away.

SAM TO KESRI KIDS:


Waah, Sadeya jeha...Dafaa Ho ...Chalo Apa Chaliye ...

Rajan is looking at Leo as he walks away.

LEO TO RAJAN:
(turning to Rajan, over his shoulder)
Chalo bhi Rajan..chalkar vo cheez discuss karte hai jiske baare
mein mai tumhein bata raha tha…

Rajan looks at Kesri Kids. They are looking back at him, confused,
expectantly.

129
RAJAN TO KESRI KIDS:
(hesitatingly)
Tum log jaao...mai abhi ek minute mein aata hoon

Rajan runs after Leo. Front shot of Kesri Kids. Back shot of Rajan and
Leo as they walk away. Cut to front shot of Rajan and Leo, walking
through the playground and talking.

RAJAN:
Toh...mujhe kya karna hoga apni khidki theek karwane layak paiso
ke liye?

LEO:
Chinta mat kro….School ke baad main tumhein apne doston se mil
vaunga...vo tumhari jarur madad karege..vo bahut acche hai..

Cut back to Kesri Kids.

SAM TO KESRI KIDS:


(watching Rajan with a frown, jealous)
Shakal Dekhi hai apni, mera skateboard ehde trainers naalo zada
sohna ae, apne trainers nu apne sir te maar..So much Attitude ..!

Cut.

Scene 4

Int, Daytime, Assembly Hall

Wide aerial shot. All the children in the school are sitting on the floor in
rows, class by class. At the front, the headteacher, Mrs Patel, is
delivering an assembly and there is a projected display behind him. Cut
to a medium shot of Rajan and Leo sitting together. Cut to close up of
Leo’s hands. He has a piece of paper, from which he is ripping off little
pieces and rolling them into balls. Rajan is watching him. Leo takes a
paper ball, places it puts it between his finger and thumb, aims and flicks
it at the back of a child's head. The child touches his head and turns

130
around to look. Leo looks away, as if he is innocent. Confused, the child
turns back forward. Leo and Rajan look at each other and start
sniggering quietly. Leo rips off some paper, rolls up another ball and
flicks it at a different child’s head. The child looks around, then turns
forward again. Leo rolls a ball and puts it in the palm of Rajan’s hand.
Rajan looks down it, then at Leo.

RAJAN:
(hesitantly)
Mujhe nahi lagta humein ye karna chahiye..

LEO:
Tum bhi na Rajan….itne serious mat raho...zindagi ke maje lo!

Rajan aims the paper ball at a child a few rows ahead of them. It hits the
back of his head, and the child rubs it.

CHILD:
Ouch!

Child turns back, looks around, and turns forward again. Rajan and Leo
start laughing.

RAJAN:
Tum sahi keh rahe ho..ye mazedaar hai...

Leo takes another ball. He aims, and flicks it at the back of Eesha’s
head, who is sitting in the row ahead of them. It hits the back of her
head. She turns to Rajan and Leo angrily.

EESHA TO LEO:
(shouting loudly)
Ruk jao!

Mrs Patel stops, and lots of heads turn towards them.

Rajan instantly defends Leo.

131
RAJAN TO EESHA:
Aree! Usne tumhare saath toh kuch nahi kiya na!

EESHA TO RAJAN:
Haan usne kiya!

RAJAN TO EESHA:
Kya tumne use dekha?

EESHA TO RAJAN:
(pauses)
Mujhe pata hai ushi ne kiya hai!

RAJAN TO EESHA:
(smirking)
Itna serious mat ho Eesha! Zindagi ke maje lo! Chill out yaar

MRS PATEL:
(sternly, loud voice)
Bohot hua, tum log! Ab ekdam chup!

Eesha gives Rajan a very angry look. She turns forward and keeps
looking straight ahead. Mrs Patel continues her assembly, and everyone
looks forward again. Front shot of Sam, who turns to looks at Eesha,
then he looks at Kaz. Kaz looks at him, then looks at Inder. Inder looks at
Kaz then looks at Eesha, with great concern and distress. End of
Eesha’s face.

Cut.

Scene 5

Ext, Daytime, Outside School

Wide shot of the school playground. School doors open and crowds of
children walk out. It is hometime. Cut to long shot of Rajan walking out

132
with Leo. In the foreground, the Kesri Kids are standing by the benches,
waiting for Rajan. In the background, Rajan and Leo are walking towards
the camera - front shot. Cut to side shot of Rajan and Leo as they walk
past Kesri Kids.

KAZ TO RAJAN:
(calling over to Rajan, raising his arm)
Hey, Rajah...Chalo…

Rajan stops and looks hazily at the Kesri Kids while Leo walks out of
frame.

LEO TO RAJAN:
(speaks casually over his shoulder while walking away)
Yaad hai na? Aaj hum mere doston se milne wale the?

Rajan looks at Kesri Kids, who are watching him and waiting. He looks at
Leo, who is walking away. Without a word, Rajan runs after Leo. Camera
cuts to medium shot of Kesri Kids. They are shocked, upset and
offended.

INDER:
(shocked)
Tumne dekha abhi? Vo bas ekdam chala gaya!

JAZZ TO CAMERA:
Ki..ki dekhna si, koi navi movie da poster hove daso yaar, mai bore
ho gaya hu …...

EESHA:
(outraged)
Usne bye bolna bhi jaruri nahi samjha!

SAM:
(through gritted teeth, furious and confused)
Very intelligent …! Vo ladka Rajan ko humse durr le jaa raha hai.

133
JAZZ TO KK:
Mujhe to laga tha mai hi intelligent hu yaar, eh hor nava kitho jam
peya ?
(Whispering to himself)
Lagda hai mainu ek vaar fer detective ban na paina ...lo ji Jazz ban
gaya James Bond ...aaho ...

Back shot of Rajan and Leo strolling out of the school gates.

Cut.

Scene 6

Ext, Day, City Park

Wide shot of park - wide grassy area and a few trees dotted around. The
sign in the park says, ‘City Park’. Cut to Rajan and Leo walking towards
a shaded tree, with two boys (named GANG 1 AND GANG 2) standing
underneath its long, hanging branches. They both look older, like
teenagers. They are both dressed the same as Leo: black,
diamond-studded leather jackets, white designer trainers, striking
designer watch and slicked-back hair. They are chewing gum too. Jazz
is standing at a distance and overlooking what’s happening.

LEO TO GANG:
Ye mera naya dost hai, Rajan. Ye bhi hamari tarah ameer hona
chahta hai...

GANG 1 TO RAJAN:
Hey Rajan! Ye toh kaafi accha naam hai!

GANG 2 TO RAJAN:
Toh tumhein ameer hona hai! Hai na? Mai tumhein ek raaz batata
hoon!

JAZZ TO CAMERA:

134
Yaar eh ta dangerous lok ne, oh yaad hai na gabbar singh ...haa
vahi sholey movie vala yaar ...

Gang 2 leans in closer to Rajan, speaking quietly.

GANG 2 TO RAJAN:
Tumhein apne ghar se kuch keemti cheez laani hogi

RAJAN TO GANG 2:
Keemti? Keemti matlab?

GANG 1 TO RAJAN:
Keemti jaise koi phone...ya koi sone ka haar...kuch bhi….ek
anghooti, ya ek necklace...ya kuch kaan ki baaliyan...

GANG 2 TO RAJAN:
Haan! Humein bas laakar do...Phir hum tumhein ameer banadege!

JAZZ TO CAMERA:
Beta ye to fass gaya...mai v kuch nahi kar sakda ...ehda ta hun
rabb hi rakha ..

Rajan is frowning. He looks confused and unsure. Rajan looks at Leo.

GANG 1 TO LEO:
(reassuringly)
Aree fikar mat karo...Tum humpar bharosa kar sakte ho...Ab batao
bhi Leo

LEO TO RAJAN:
(persuasively, friendly)
Tum bhi na Rajan..Mai tumse jhoot kyu boluga...hum dost hai...hai
na?

Rajan nods hesitantly.

GANG 1 TO RAJAN:

135
Ab jaao bacche...ghar jaao aur kuch keemti lekar aao...

GANG 2 TO RAJAN:
Humein yahan is ped ke neeche 7 baje milna..

RAJAN TO GANG:
(nodding resolutely)
Theek hai…

JAZZ TO CAMERA:
Ab tera kya hoga re Rajanva ...jee ta krda ta ehna mooh tod dava
...par ehni cheti climax thodi liaauna hai yaaraaa..

Cut.

Scene 7

Int, Evening, Rajan’s House

Wide shot of Rajan’s house. Cut to inside, corridor. Rajan walks through
the corridor to the dresser. He looks at the bowl. Close up of the
necklace in the bowl. He looks to the left and right. He reaches to take
the necklace. His hand is hovering over it in a hesitant way. He quickly
picks up the necklace and shoves it into his pocket. Close up of his
pocket with part of the chain hanging out. Rajan looks at the clock, which
shows 6.45pm. The doorbell rings. Rajan quickly runs into the lounge,
just as his mum comes out of the kitchen and goes to the front door.
Then she calls to him.

RAJAN’S MUM - VOICEOVER:


Raje! Tumhare dost aaye hai...khelna chahate hai…

Rajan goes to the front door. Whilst Rajan is at the door, Mum is walking
back down the corridor towards the kitchen. She looks into the empty
bowl and sees that the necklace has gone. She becomes concerned.

RAJAN’S MUM:

136
(under her breathe)
Mera haar kahan hai?
(calling out worriedly)
Kya kisi ne mera haar dekha hai?

She goes into the kitchen, calling out.

RAJAN’S MUM:
Mera haar kisne liya hai?

Cut to Rajan. Kesri Kids and Jazz are standing on the doorstep.

KAZ TO RAJAN:
Humlog park mein khelne jaa rhe hai...tum chalogi saath?

RAJAN TO KAZ:
(hesitantly)
Nahi mai nahi jaa sakta..mai busy hoon..

Across the street, in the background, Leo is walking towards Rajan’s


house. He stops and calls out.

LEO TO RAJAN:
Chalo Rajan! Chalo hamare doston se milne!

Rajan looks over and nods. He pulls the front door closed behind him, as
he comes out. Kaz catches a glimpse of the golden necklace chain
which is hanging from Rajan’s pocket.

KAZ TO RAJAN:
Hey, vo kya hai?

Rajan looks down.

RAJAN TO KAZ:
(stuffing the chain into his pocket)

137
Kuch nahi!

Rajan gives a dark look to the Kesri Kids.

RAJAN TO KESRI KIDS:


(flustered and angry)
Mujhe akela chord do!

JAZZ:
Chill maar yaar, Chill...

KAZ TO RAJAN:
(stepping forward)
Dekho Rajan...Mujhe pata nahi tum kya kar raho ho...par jo bhi hai
sahi nahi lag raha...tumhein kisi aur ke jaise banane ki jarurat nahi
hai...jaise ho vaise hi raho...

RAJAN TO KAZ:
Mujhe ab tumhara dosti nahi chahiye!

Rajan rushes across the road to Leo. Jazz voiceover while Rajan and
Leo walk away.

JAZZ:
Koi na... jaan de is kabootar nu, thodda lagu, aape akal thikaane
aauni ae.

Cut.

Scene 8

Ext, Evening, Park

Wide shot of the park. Rajan and Leo are standing under the shaded
tree with Gang 1 and Gang 2. On the other side of the park, the Kesri
Kids (Jazz is also present there) are kicking around a football. Cut to
medium shot of Rajan, Leo and Gang.

138
GANG 1 TO RAJAN:
Toh kya laaye ho tum hamare liye?

Rajan hesitates, then takes the necklace out of his pocket. He holds it
up, looking at it, and he hears Kaz’s voice echoing in his head.

KAZ - VOICEOVER:
tumhein kisi aur ke jaisa banane ki jarurat nahi hai...jaise ho vaise
hi raho.

JAZZ TO KAZ:
Eh ta changa banda si yaar, ehne cheti party badal layi. Beta
Rajan, tu vada ho ke zarur politician banu...

Close up of Rajan looking confused.

RAJAN TO GANG 1:
Maine apna plan badal liya hai
(bringing the necklace close to his chest)
Mujhe ab aapko ye haar nahi dena

GANG 1 TO RAJAN:
Apne doston ke saath aisa nahi karte!

GANG 2 TO RAJAN:
(holding out his palm)
Chalo, haar mujhe do...

RAJAN TO GANG 2:
(taking a step back)
Nahi mai nahi duga!

Cut to Kesri Kids. Eesha is looking over at Rajan, While she is watching,
Rajan steps back. Gang 1 and 2 crowd around him in a menacing way.

EESHA TO KESRI KIDS:

139
Mujhe lagta hai Rajan musibat mein hai..

JAZZ TO EESHA:
Oh Sohneo, bilkul sahi keha, uhne leya hai vada panga, oh kuch v
naheo changa changa ..!

SAM TO EESHA:
Mujhe parwah nahi...bhul jaao use!

JAZZ TO SAM:
(Raj Kumar Style)
Jaani, jo bhool kar yaad rakhey usi ko dost kehte hai...nahi to
sabko april fool kehta hai..

INDER TO KESRI KIDS:


Mai jaakr dekhti hoon kya ho raha hai...

She walks over while rubbing cream on her hands. Cut to wide shot, she
disappears as she's walking. As she comes closer to the tree, she hears
what they’re saying. Gang 1 and 2 crowd around Rajan.

GANG 2 TO RAJAN:
Ab mujhe ye haar dedo varna bohot bura hoga...

Inder gasps and runs back to the Kesri Kids.

INDER TO KESRI KIDS:


(shouting)
Rajan ko madad chahiye!

KAZ TO INDER:
(interrupting Inder)
Nahi! Use hamari koi jarurat nahi!

Cut to Sam, who is holding the football in his hands.

SAM TO KESRI KIDS:

140
(frustrated)
Kya hum theek se khel sakte hai?

Mr Bling - introductory sequence - appears before them.

MR BLING TO KK:
Kyaa Baat Hai Bacha Log!
(looking at them over his glasses)
Koi lafdaa hai kyaa…??
KESRI KIDS TO MR BLING:
Hey Dekho ...Mr Bling aa gaye!

MR BLING TO KESRI KIDS:


Arey Bhai Jaao, apne dost ko Bachaao, apna farz nibhaao...jaao
bhai jaao...?

KESRI KIDS TO MR BLING:


Vo ab hamara dost nahi hai

MR BLING TO KESRI KIDS:


Koi jehna v hurt karey, sanu maaf karna aauna chahida - pata hai
Guru Gobind Singh Ji ne v Chali Mukteyan nu Mukatsar vich maaf
kita si, jad ki ehi chali singh Guru sahib nu musibatt di ghadi vich
chad ke chale gaye san.

Cut to Rajan. Gang 2 grabs the necklace from his hand and Gang 1
pushes Rajan. Rajan falls backwards, landing with a hard thud to the
floor.

GANG 1 TO GANG 2:
Jaldi….bhaago yahan se

Gang 1 and Leo run off in one direction. Gang 2 runs off in the opposite
direction. Cut to Kesri kids, who are running over to Rajan. Sam offers
his hand and Rajan takes it. Sam pulls Rajan up. Kaz pats down Rajan’s
back, removing dirt.

141
EESHA TO RAJAN:
(concerned)
Rajan! Tum theek ho?

RAJAN TO KESRI KIDS:


Mujhe maaf kardo...
(covers his face with the palms of his hands)
Mai sharminda hoon...please mujhe maaf kardo...

INDER TO RAJAN:
Koi baat nahi...humne tumhein maaf kiya..

JAZZ TO KK:
Are, ehna saukha maaf. Gahto ghat 200-400 dand baithak ta
kadvao yaaro...

RAJAN TO KESRI KIDS:


Mujhe maaf kardo..mai bohot bura dost hoon!

KAZ TO RAJAN:
Humne tumhein maaf kardiya hai! Ab batao un ladko ke saath kya
hua?

RAJAN TO KESRI KIDS:


(looking at his friends hopelessly)
Vo meri mummy ka necklace le gaye! Mujhe vo vapas laana hoga!

Kaz whistles and Jazz comes running across the park. Cut to close up of
Jazz as he runs.

JAZZ:
(running)
Ohh! Chak de phatte, Jazz hai to sabh theek hai! Main ta dekhi
janda si, ki mainu kado bulaunge!

He slows to a trot as he reaches the Kesri Kids.

142
KAZ TO SAM:
(jumping onto Jazz and pointing after Gang 1)
Mai uske peeche jaata hoon

Cut to Sam. He is floating on his skateboard. He nods confidently.

SAM TO KAZ:
(pointing after Gang 2)
Aur mai is wale ke peeche!

EESHA TO KAZ AND SAM:


Sab eksaath milna!

EESHA TO RAJAN AND INDER:


Ab chalo!

They run out of frame.

Cut.

Scene 9

Ext, Day, Streets

Chase scene down the city streets. Kaz is chasing Gang 1 down an
alleyway. Sam is chasing Gang 2 down a different alleyway. They both
come out on a main road. Gang 1 and Gang 2 run down the street and
meet each other, bending over, to catch their breath. Kaz and Sam are
shortly behind. They join up with each other. They hide behind a street
corner which overlooks the main road, to watch what is happening. Leo,
Gang 1 and Gang 2 huddle together. Jazz is now wearing his kesri
shades. He uses his x-ray vision to see where the necklace is. Through
the shades, everything has an orange tint. He sees loads of jewellery
stored in the boys’ jackets.

JAZZ TO KAZ:

143
Chori karne vale chori karte hai shaan se, jeete hai shaan se,
marte hai sharam se…. Koyi sharam ni aundi ehna lokaan nu!

Eesha, Inder and Rajan catch up with them, breathing heavily and
panting. The join Sam and Kaz, peering out from behind the street
corner to see what’s happening. Gang 1 and Gang 2 are standing on the
opposite side of the street. They start selling the stolen goods, and Leo
is standing near them.

GANG 1 & GANG 2 TO STRANGERS:


(calling out)
Haar! Sundar sundar haar! Bohot hi sundar haar aur ghadiya lijiye
bohot kam daamo mein!

RAJAN TO KESRI KIDS:


Humein vo necklace unke bechne se pehele laana hoga!

INDER TO RAJAN:
Par kaise? Vo humein pehechaan lege!

JAZZ TO EESHA:
(bumping his face into Eesha’s shoulder)
Challo, challo! Paise kado!

Eesha looks confused. She opens her bag and looks inside. She pulls
out a huge, fake wad of cash. Each note says £21. The group looks at it
in a circle.

KAZ TO KESRI KIDS:


£21? £21 ke toh note nahi hote?

SAM TO KESRI KIDS:


(laughing)
Bohot accha idea hai! Hum nakli paise se asli haar vapas lelege!

RAJAN TO KESRI KIDS:

144
Par ye hamari problem nahi solve karta…..vo ab bhi humein
pehechaan jayege...aur phir unhone humein chot pohochaayi toh!

INDER TO KESRI KIDS:


(lightbulb flashing on)
Bas! Hum phes badal kar jaayege...taaki vo humein pehechaane
na!

Cut. Long shot of Eesha sitting on Inder’s shoulders. Eesha is wearing a


long brown coat which reaches down to Inder’s ankles, and the buttons
are open at the front. Eesha looks down.

EESHA TO INDER:
Tum theek ho?

INDER TO EESHA:
Haan, bas jaldi karo!

Eesha closes the long coat at the front. Inder is now hidden inside the
coat, with only her feet sticking out at the bottom. Eesha is already
wearing a floppy beige sunhat on her hand. After closing the coat, she
puts on a pair of shades.

Cut to Gang 1 & Gang 2 selling goods. Inder and Eesha approach them.

EESHA TO GANG:
(artificial adult voice)
Mai kuch jewellery kharidna chahti hoon!

GANG 2 TO EESHA:
Haan mam, bataiye! Kya chahiye aapko? Haar, anghoti, kaan ki
baaliyan, ya ghadi?

EESHA TO GANG 2:
Mai ek haar dekhna chahugi..

GANG 1 TO EESHA:

145
Aapki pasand ye rahi mam...

Gang 1 pulls open his black leather jacket. Loads of necklaces are
hanging inside.

GANG 1 TO EESHA:
(pulling out Rajan’s mum’s necklace)
Ye ek bohot hi khaas, aur ekdam naya design hai...aaj hi aaya
hai...aur aisa sirf ek hi haar hai….Aapko aisa kahin aur dhudne bhi
nahi milega...

EESHA TO GANG 1:
Ohhh! Ye perfect hai! Mai ye kharidungi!

Eesha hands over the wad of cash. Gang 2 takes it. Gang 1 takes the
necklace from his jacket and hands it over to her. She takes it. Inder
turns and walks away.

Whilst Eesha is buying the necklace, a bus pulls up in the background at


a red light. Cut to inside the bus. Rajan’s Mum and Dad are sitting on the
bus. Rajan’s Mum is looking out of the window. She spots the necklace
being handed over to Eesha, although she doesn’t know it’s Eesha.
Close up of the necklace being exchanged from Gang 1’s hand to
Eesha’s hand. Cut to Rajan;s mum, who is shocked.

RAJAN’S MUM TO RAJAN’S DAD:


(looking out, putting her hand against the bus window)
Ye toh mere necklace jaisa hai!

The traffic lights turn green and the bus drives away.

Cut to Eesha and Gang 1. Inder starts walking away. After a few steps,
Eesha pulls open the coat. Eesha dismounts from Inder’s shoulders.

EESHA TO INDER:
Jaldi! Bhaago yahan se!

146
Eesha and Inder run away. Rajan, Sam and Kaz run too. The Kesri Kids
disappear behind a corner.

Cut to Gang 1 & Gang 2.

GANG 2:
HA HA HA! Hum ameer hogye! Hum ameer hogye!

JAZZ to Camera:
Abe badi akal vale apna dimaag laga le...

GANG 1:
Geeno! Geeno! Kul kitne paise hue?

Gang 2 opens the wad of cash and begins to count.

GANG 1:
Ek minute! Inpar £21 kyu chapa hai?

JAZZ:
Laga na Jhatka ...! Zor ka jhatka dheerey Se lage...

GANG 2;
(Throws money on the floor and it scatters all around their feet)
Ye toh nakli note hai! Vo ek chor thi!

GANG 1:
(speaking at the same time as Gang 2)
Usne hamara haar chura liya!

Looking down the street. It’s empty. Cut.

Scene 10

Ext, Evening, Outside Rajan’s house

147
Wide shot of Kesri Kids running down the street and up Rajan’s garden
path up to his front door. They all stop there to catch their breath,
panting.

EESHA TO KESRI KIDS:


(exhilarated, wide smile)
Ye toh kaafi mazeedaar tha!

RAJAN TO EESHA:
Bohot jokhim bhara….

Eesha hands the necklace to Rajan.

RAJAN TO KESRI KIDS:


(holding it carefully in his hand)
Tum sabka meri madad karne ke liye shurkiya...ab mujhe samjh
gaya hai mere asli dost kaun hai..

JAZZ:
Hun sari umar yaad rakhi, dimaag di ghanti theek rakhi, yaara naal
yaari puri rakhi, agli vaar nayeo kadni chaa vicho makhi …

Rajan’s Mum and Dad come up the path behind them (in the
background). There are shopping bags in their hands. Rajan’s Mum
sees the necklace in Rajan’s hand.

RAJAN’S MUM TO RAJAN:


(totally shocked)
Raje! Mai ye haar har jagah dhoondh rahi thi! Ye tumhare paas
kaise hai?

Rajan looks scared and worried, handing over the necklace to mum.

RAJAN TO MUM:
(he holds his hands up as if surrendering)
Mujhe maaf krdo mummy...mujhe maaf krdo papa...mujhe maaf
krdo...

148
RAJAN’S MUM TO RAJAN:
Kis baat ki maafi, Raje?

RAJAN’S DAD TO RAJAN:


(sternly)
Kya hua?

RAJAN TO MUM:
Maine...maine aapka haar churaya tha...mai ye kuch ladko ko
dene wala tha...vo ise bechkar mujhe khidki theek karne ke paise
dedete….
RAJAN’S DAD TO RAJAN:
Kaun ladke?

RAJAN’S MUM:
(gasping)
Maine unhein dekha tha! Raaste mein traffic lights ke paas!

Shopping bags are on the floor. Rajan’s Dad takes his mobile phone and
dials a number.

RAJAN’S DAD TO MUM:


Mai ise sidhe police mein report kar raha hoon!
(putting phone to ear)
Aur mai vaada karta hoon ki vo ladka Leo abse kabhi us school
mein vapas nahi aayega..

Rajan’s Mum’s hugs Rajan, while his Dad is speaking (inaudibly) on the
phone.

RAJAN’S MUM TO RAJAN:


(quietly, softly)
Dekho...hum jaante hai tumne us din khidki jaan bujhkar nahi
thodi….Tumpar chillane aur tumhein bura lagne ke liye sorry….

Rajan’s Dad comes and joins in hugging Rajan.

149
RAJAN’S DAD TO RAJAN:
Khidki ki chinta mat karo...mai use theek kara duga…..

RAJAN’S MUM TO DAD:


Aapne police se kya kaha?

RAJAN’S DAD TO MUM:


Vo vahan pohocte hi hoge….un ladko ki ab khair nahi….dekhna
tum...

Cut to Kesri Kids.

KAZ TO RAJAN’S PARENTS:


(brightly, cheekily)
Kya hum bhi gale lag jaaye?

JAZZ:
Hun meri vaari …..

Rajan’s Mum and Dad laugh and open their arms to embrace all the
children and Jazz.

Cut.

Scene 10.1

Int, Day, Dr Shakalu’s Submarine

Dr Shakalu is sitting in his den, reading the news on his ipad. Cut to
close up of the screen. It shows Leo and the two gang members,
surrounded by stern-looking police officers who are holding on to the
three boys’ arms.

DR SHAKALU:
(angry, grinding teeth)

150
Grrrrr…..Kambhakhat...Nalaayik...Apne aap ko kya samjhte hai ye
Kesri Bachey..?? Baar baar mere plan fail kar ke apne aap ko
bahut bahadur samajh rahe ho...tum choozo ko kacha khaa
jaaunga mai….tumhe Dr Shakalu ki power ka andaza nahi hai...Dr
Shakalu, sabh bacho ki khushi ko khaalu…! Ha ha ha!

Evil laughter.

Cut.

Scene 11

Int, Night, Rajan’s Bedroom

Wide shot of Rajan’s bedroom. Mandy is asleep on the bottom bunk.


Rajan is sitting on the top bunk with his back facing the camera. He is
looking through his telescope out of the window. The curtains are open.
The camera zooms in slowly, past Rajan and into his telescope. In the
telescope, we can see the starry night sky. The stars begin to move
around and dance, merging to become a blurry haze.

In the blurry haze, Rajan sees a newspaper article with the headline, ‘13
million stolen from City Bank’.

He jumps back from the telescope. Cut to front close-up shot of Rajan.
He looks into the camera, shocked and distrubed by what he has just
seen.

Cut.

Episode 9: Caught on Camera

Scene 1

Ext, Daytime, Outside City Bank

151
Wide shot of the street and City Bank. The bank has old-style
architecture which makes it look very grand and imposing. Cut to
medium shot of bank window. A man with his back towards the camera
is looking through the window into the bank.

Cut to side shot. The man is holding a camcorder in his hand and he is
filming what is happening inside the bank. Now we see through the lens
of his camcorder. In the bank, there are four old grannies with white hair
and shades on their faces. All four are holding walking frames with
storage bags attached. All four grannies are speedily hobbling towards
the exit. The man continues to film the grannies as they leave the bank.
He films them going down the steps and towards their car. The car is a
silver mercedes. Two of the grannies get into the car.

Cut to front long shot of the man, he is now facing the street, with his
back to the window. The other two grannies have snuck over to him
while he was filming. One granny snatches the camcorder out of his
hands. The other granny waves her walking frame and knocks the man
backwards. The man falls on to the ground. He sees the other two
grannies get into the car. The car whizzes off in a haze of smoke.

Cut to inside the car. One granny is driving, one is in the passenger seat
and the other two are in the back. All four grannies are laughing. They
have wads of cash in their hands.

Cut to outside the car. Their car is driving very quickly and shakily down
the street, swerving all over the road. The windows are tinted, we cannot
see inside. The back window winds down and the camera is thrown out
of the window. The camera lands in someone’s front garden.

Cut to front wide shot of the house. It is Sam’s mansion. Camera


remains on this shot. Show the passage of day to night - the sky behind
the mansion fades to black, and then the sun rises. It is the next
morning.

Scene 1.1

152
Int, Day, Dr Shakalu's Submarine

(Dangerous music.) Dr Shakalu is sitting at his chair in his underwater


den. His two pet crocodiles are crawling around on the floor, snapping
their jaws menacingly. He is looking at a newspaper article on his tablet.
The article's headline says, ‘13 million stolen from City Bank’. He is
smiling and speaking on the phone.

DR SHAKALU:
Congratulations Granny Gang! Bahut Khoob.... I'm very proud of
you. Ye sab Currency safe mai jama karva do.

GRANNY GANG:
(muffled voice)
Yes, Dr Shakalu!

He puts the phone down. Front view or Dr Shakalu with a cunning smile
on his face.

DR SHAKALU:
The great Dr Shakalu will be RICH! Dr Shakalu, sabh bacho ki
khushi ko khaalu…! Ha ha ha!

Cut to tablet screen with newspaper headline.

Cut.

Scene 2

Int, Daytime, Inside Sam’s House

Cut to massive flat screen tv inside Sam’s house (in the lounge). Sam
and his parents are watching a newsflash. The newsreader on the
screen is speaking.

NEWSREADER:

153
Bhudi aurton ki ek khufiya gang ne City Bank ko loot liya hai...kal
hui is vaardaat mein takreeban 13 Million ki chori hui hai….Police
ab bhi kuch shaksyon ki khoj kar rahi hai taaki un choro ko pakda
jaa sake...

SAM’S DAD:
Kya hogaya hai logo ko aajkal?

SAM:
Ohh..ye toh bohot bura hua...Ab mai park mein khelne jaa raha
hoon..

SAM’S MUM:
Sambhal kar bete...

Cut to Sam walking out of the front door with his skateboard under his
arm. As he goes down the garden path, he notices the camcorder on the
grass. He picks up.

SAM:
Hey….mujhe naya camera chahiye
(he looks up at the sky thoughtfully)
...aur dekho mujhe ek mil bhi gaya….
(leaves through the gates while talking to himself)
Mere dosto ko ye bohot pasand aayega

Cut.

Scene 3

Ext, Day, Park

Wide shot of park. Sam is setting up the camcorder to record, by leaning


it on a bench. The other 4 Kesri Kids are playing badminton on the
grass. Sam grabs his skateboard and runs off.

154
Show close up of the camera. Now we see the view through the
camcorder’s lens. The 4 Kesri Kids are playing badminton and Sam is
whizzing about on his skateboard. Jazz is present around Kaz.

Cut.

The Kesri Kids are now crowding around the camcorder.

SAM:
Chalo dekhte hai aaj hum kaise khele...

Close up of the camcorder in Sam’s hand. He presses the rewind button.


The footage turns grey and blurry as it rewinds. The camera goes to the
beginning of the reel. Sam presses play. The camcorder’s screen shows
the interior of the bank.

INDER:
Hey….ye hamara khel nahi hai...

SAM:
Ye jarur camera mein pehele se saved raha hoga…

KAZ:
Chalo dekhte hai...kaafi interesting lagta hai..

JAZZ: Oh koi mainu v dikhaao, Jatt and camera, how does that
sounddd.!!

Wide shot of all Kesri Kids standing together near the bench. Sam is in
the middle holding the camera. The other 4 are standing in a semicircle,
crowded around him.

Close up of the camcorder screen.

Camera footage. Normal scene inside the bank. Cashiers are serving
customers behind the cashier desks and screens. 4 grannies with
walking frames come into the bank and go to the helpdesk. They are

155
talking but there is no sound in the video footage. The grannies are
crowded around the man at the helpdesk. Camcorder zooms in on them.
Granny 4 starts coughing intensely and she spits out her fake teeth. The
bank helper comes out from behind the desk, bends over and picks up
her fake teeth. Within this time, Granny 3 unhooks the keys which were
chained to the man’s belt, and drops them into her walking frame bag.
The bank helper stands up and gives the fake teeth back to Granny 4,
which she places back into her mouth. The helper points to the cashier
desk.

The grannies slowly hobble over to the cashier desk with the help of their
walking frames. Granny 1 pretends to faint, falling to the ground. Granny
2 stays with her and shouts for help. People start to rush over; all the
bank staff and customers crowd around Granny 1 and Granny 2. Granny
3 and Granny 4 go to the vault door on the side while everyone is
distracted. Granny 3 takes the keys out of her walking frame bag and
unlocks the door. Granny 3 and Granny 4 sneak into the vault. Granny 1
sits up on the ground, rubbing her head. Granny 3 and Granny 4 come
out of the vault. Their bags are bursting full with cash notes. They go join
Granny 1 and Granny 2. Granny 1 has got up and is holding on to her
walking frame. All the bank staff goes back to their desks, and the crowd
disperses. The four Grannies leave the bank. Two of them hobble over
to their silver Mercedes car.

Suddenly the footage goes white and fuzzy. After a second, the footage
of Kesri Kids starts. Sam pauses the camera and looks at the Kesri Kids.
They are all staring at him with wide eyes.

JAZZ:
Beda garkeya jaavey ehan khoetya daa, vehlad kitho de. Changa
mera account is bank vich ni hega ...

SAM:
(sombrely)
Yeh toh woh bank ki choori hai jo kal hui thi...

KAZ:

156
(seriously)
Humein ye police ke paas le jaana hoga, Sam….is camera mein
saboot hai jo unhein madad kar sakte hai…

JAZZ:
Interesting, Ab aayega Mazaaa..jab mil baithenge do yaar - Police
aur Kesri ka ye naya hathiyaar

Cut

Scene 4

Int, Day, Police Station

Wide shot of police station. Cut to inside. All of the KK are standing near
a police officer at the desk. The officer is watching the camera footage.
Then the officer presses pause and looks at the Kesri Kids. The kids all
have wide, shocked eyes. He cups his hand over his mouth and shouts
to the side.

POLICE OFFICER:
(shouts)
Daaaave, yahan aao jaldi.

A door opens on the side. The man from the beginning of the episode
steps out of his office and comes to the front desk. He has a purple
bruise around his eye.

POLICE OFFICER TO DETECTIVE DIAMOND:


In baccho ko tumhara camera mila tha...

Sam looks surprised.

SAM TO DETECTIVE DIAMOND:


(surprised, indignant)
Tumhara camera? Ye camera mera hai...

157
DETECTIVE DIAMOND TO SAM:
(puts his hand on the camcorder)
Darasal ye mera hai….Mai Detective Dave Diamond hoon...mai
bank ko kisi aur wajah se dekh raha tha aur maine un Budhi Aurton
ko choori karte hue film karliya…
(picks up the camcorder, turns it over in his hands thoughtfully)
Mera camera vapas laane ke liye shukriya...mujhe laga tha ye
hamesha ke liye kho gaya hai…

As Detective Diamond puts it down, he lowers his eyes shamefully.

DETECTIVE DIAMOND:
Ye vaise bhi hamare kisi kaam ka nhi….isse ye toh nahi pata
chalega ki vo kaun hai….mai unka peecha karna chahta tha par….
(he points to his eye)
Unhone mere saath ye kiya…..mai unka peecha nahi kar
paaya….aur ab hamare paas ek suraag bhi nahi unhein dhundne ke
liye….

Detective Diamond sighs and pushes the camera away from him.
Shaking his head, he goes back into his office. The police officer looks at
the Kesri Kids.

POLICE OFFICER:
Sorry baccho….ye video hamari madad nahi kar sakta...bank ke
CCTV camera bhi yahi dikhate hai….par isse hum ye nahi pata laga
sakte hai ki vo aurtein kaun thi...

The police officer goes as well. The Kesri Kids look dejected. Sam picks
up the camcorder.

SAM:
(miserably)
Ismein toh kaafi time waste hogaya...chalo ghar chalte hai

Kesri kids walk to the exit of the police station. MR BLING comes in front
of them.

158
MR BLING TO KK:
Kyaa Baat Hai Bacha Log!
(looking at them over his glasses)
Koi lafdaa hai kyaa…??

KESRI KIDS TO MR BLING:


Mr Bling!

MR BLING TO KESRI KIDS:


(playfully)
Kya tum itni jaldi haar maan jaaoge?

All of the Kesri Kids look at him.

SAM TO MR BLING:
(frustratedly)
Aapne unhein suna nahi….Jab bade hi kuch nahi kar paa rahe hai
tab hum paanch baache kya hi kar lege...

MR BLING TO SAM:
(kindly)
Kisne kaha ki agar bade nahi kar paa rahe to bache bhi nahi kar
paaenge ….Guru Gobind singh jee ke 4 bachey hi the jinhone apni
jaan de di par hindustan ki rakhsha kar gaye .. Ankho se dekhlo aur
dimaag se socho ...Mai to chalaa roohaafza peene ….kitni grami hai
yaar...

MR BLING floats off. Kesri Kids look at each other.

INDER TO SAM:
Mujhe lagta hai humein video ek baar phir dekhna chahiye...

They rewind the footage and watch the robbery again. Kaz points at the
screen.

159
KAZ TO SAM:
Ruko...pause karo..

Sam pauses the recording at the point when Granny 1 topples over.

KAZ TO SAM:
Kya tum zoom kar sakte ho?

Sam zooms into the image.

KAZ TO KESRI KIDS:


Dekho uski gardan par kya hai...

The zoomed-in image in the camcorder screen shows a lanyard around


Granny 1’s neck. It was hidden inside her top but it came loose when
she fell on the ground. The writing on the lanyard says PETROL PUMP
on it.

RAJAN:
(reading)
Petrol Pump…!

KAZ:
Shayad ye sab vahi kaam karte ho!

EESHA:
Bohot badhiya! Humein pehela suraag mil gaya...

INDER:
Chalo baaki ka video dekhte hai….

Sam plays the video again for a few seconds. Granny 1 is sitting up, and
Grannies 3 and 4 are coming out of the vault. The crowd disperses.
Grannies 3 and 4 join Grannies 1 and 2.

SAM:
Ye dekho...tumne yahan kuch dekha?

160
Sam pauses the video and zooms into their shoes. They are all wearing
white trainers, which are covered in mud.

SAM:
Inke jooto mein bohot mitti lagi hui hai...

KAZ:
Haan! Ab hamare paas 2 suraag hai!

INDER:
(excitedly)
Hum petrol pum jaate hai...aur dekhte hai shayad vahan koi kuch
bata paaye..

Cut.

Scene 5

Ext, Daytime, Petrol Pump

Wide shot of petrol pump. Cars are coming and going. Cut to long shot
of Kesri Kids and Jazz running into the shop. They stop at the counter.

JAZZ:
Koi deo sheo rakheya karo ...Kini mushak hai ithe yaar! Lagda hai
sauna bath laina pena ..!

SAM:
Jara suniye! Humein aapki madad chahiye

PETROL PUMP WORKER:


(young lady with ginger hair and big specs)
Ji...mai aapki kya madad kar sakti hoon?

SAM:

161
Kya yahan koi kaam karta hai jiske jooton mein hamesha mitti lagi
rehti hai...

The petrol pump worker pauses and thinks. She frowns, looking
confused.

PETROL PUMP WORKER:


Emm...shayad haan...4 aadmi hai jo raat ki shift mein yahan kaam
karte hai...aur unke joote hamesha hi mitti se latpat hote hai kyuki
vo allotments mein sabziyaan ugate hai

Kesri Kids all look at each other, wide-eyed.

SAM:
(trying to sound casual)
Ohh….hum unhein dhoodh rahe hai...Vo yahin hai kya?

PETROL PUMP WORKER:


Abhi unki shift nahi hai...vo sirf raat mein yahan hote hai...Toh
shayad vo aapko allotment mein mil jaaye...jyadatar din mein vo
vahin hote hai…

JAZZ:
Lo ban gay na gal, pehle pterol do smell te hun gande gande jute
...pata nahi JAZAA tere ki hona yaaraa ...

Cut.

Scene 6

Ext, Daytime, Allotments

Wide shot of the allotments. Kesri kids with Jazz are standing there,
looking around. There are vegetable patches with cauliflowers, carrots,
tomatoes, potatoes, and flower patches with multi-coloured flowers and
plants. It all looks very nice, but the allotments are empty. There is no

162
one around. Kesri Kids look disappointed. The camcorder is hanging
around Sam’s neck on a strap.

RAJAN:
Yahan toh koi bhi nahi hai...ab hum kya kare?

SAM:
(upset)
Chord do...humlog kuch nahi kar sakte hai….jab bade ye case nahi
suljha paaye...toh hum toh phir bhi bacche hai...

INDER:
Humne puri koshih ki...

SAM:
(bitterly disappointed)
Kal mai ye ghaitya camera Detective Diamond ko vapas karduga.

JAZZ:
Are yaar! Mainu ta lagya mazaa shazaa aavega eh ta pehla tai tai
fiss ho gayi yaaraa...

Cut.

Scene 7

Int, Night, Rajan’s Bedroom

Wide shot of Rajan’s bedroom. It is dark. On the bottom bunk, Mandy is


asleep. On the top bunk, Rajan is looking at the stars through his
telescope. The curtains are open. The camera zooms in, past Rajan and
into his telescope. There is a beautiful, starry night sky. The stars
become blurry and start dancing around. They merge together to
become a misty haze.

Rajan sees the Granny Gang. They are in a different bank. Granny 1 is
getting up from the ground with the help of Granny 2. Grannies 3 and 4

163
are quickly hobbling over to them from the vault. Their walking frame
bags are bursting full of money. All four turn and go towards the bank’s
exit.

The misty haze disappears and the starry sky returns to normal. Rajan
jumps back and gasps, his eyes wide open.

RAJAN:
(shocked, whispering)
Oh no! They’re gonna rob another bank!

Fade out.

Scene 8

Ext, Daytime, Outside the Second Bank

Fade in. Wide shot of the street with the second back. All the Kesri Kids
and Jazz come running down the street towards the bank.

KAZ:
(while running)
Humein kaise pata ki ye sahi bank hai?

RAJAN:
(while running)
Kyuki sheher mein sirf do hi bank hai!

JAZZ:
Oh yaraa, bank v sahi galat hunde han ki? Mainu ta lagya bank
bank hi hunda hai ...he he ...chalo mainu ki, mere kehde current
account hegea ehna banka vich ...

As they reach the bank, they see a silver Mercedes parked outside the
bank.

EESHA:

164
(breathlessly, pointing at the car)
Vo rahi unki gaadi!

They stop outside the bank, catching their breath.

INDER:
Iska matlab vo abhi andar hai aur choori kar rahe hai….

Sam jumps on his skateboard, which starts floating.

SAM:
Mai Detective Diamond ko lekar aata hoon..

Sam shoots off down the street.

INDER:
(unscrewing the lid of her Kesri Cream tub)
Mai dekh kar aati hoon andar kya ho raha hai...

EESHA:
Dhyan se..

JAZZ:
Ab tum sab kaa kar rahe ta mai thoda araam sharaam kar lenda
haa ...Good Night Yaro ...

Inder becomes invisible. She goes into the bank. She sees the Granny
Gang using the same tactics that they had used in the previous robbery.
Granny 1 is on the floor with a concerned crowd around her. Granny 2 is
helping her up. Whilst Inder is watching them, Grannies 3 and 4 come
out of the vault and close the door behind them. The bags on their
walking frames are stuffed full of money. Granny 1 gets up and the
crowd disperses. Grannies 3 and 4 join the Grannies 1 and 2. Inder runs
outside to Kesri Kids, who are hiding in the bushes outside the bank. As
she comes outside, the invisibility wears off.

165
INDER:
(telling them urgently while running down the steps of the bank)
Vo bahar aa rahe hai...humein unhein rokna hoga...

EESHA:
(determinedly)
Mere paas ek idea hai...

Eesha pulls out a water gun from her bag. It is filled with white, runny
glue. She squirts the glue on the ground outside the bank entrance. The
Granny Gang comes hobbling outside. They shuffle over the sticky glue
on the ground. Their feet and the walking frames get stuck to the ground.
At the same time, 3 police cars come whizzing down the street with their
sirens whirring. Sam comes flying down the street on his skateboard.
Detective Diamond gets out of the car at the front (from the passenger
side), and the Police Officer from the station gets out of the driver’s side.

POLICE OFFICER TO GRANNY GANG:


Ruk Jao! Vahin ruk jao...aur apne haath upar karo...

The Grannies put their hands up. Detective Diamond climbs up the steps
to the Grannies, stopping just before the glue on the ground.

DETECTIVE DIAMOND:
Tum chaaro ko choori ke iljaam mein arrest kiya jaata hai….ab jara
dekhe aakhir tum ho kaun…

Detective Diamond pulls off the white hair of Granny 3. It was a wig.
Three other police officers pull off the wigs of the other Grannies.
Detective Diamond and the officers pull off the Grannies’ shades. Middle
aged men are revealed. Two of the police officers are handcuffing the
grannies. The other two police officers are taking the bags of money out
of the walking frames.

DETECTIVE DIAMOND:
Bank robbery ka baaki saara paisa kahan hai? Batao!

166
JAZZ:
Kinna raula paande ne yaar, thoda holi bolo ….JAZZ THE GREAT
Araam kar reha hai yaar..

The Granny Gang starts laughing. Granny 3 speaks.

GRANNY 4:
(in a man’s voice, laughing)
Hum tumhein kabhi nahi batayege ki paise kahan hai...vo sab ab
hamara hai...

Cut to Sam, who is looking very intensely at the Grannies’ shoes. Cut to
the muddy shoes. Cut back to close up of Sam’s face. He suddenly has
an idea. His face lights up with a wide smile and big eyes. A lightbulb
flashes on above his head.

SAM:
(shouting out suddenly)
Mujhe pata hai paise kahan chupe hue hai!

Cut.

Scene 9

Ext, Day, Allotments

Wide shot of the allotments. Kesri Kids, Jazz and Detective Diamond are
all standing in the allotments. Jazz is wearing his shades. There’s no
one else there.

KAZ TO JAZZ:
Ab bata bhi do Jazz...saare paise kahan hai?

JAZZ:
Mai das deva, mainu ki miluu ...Aloo praantha te dahi achar for full
one YEAR..? Manzoor ??

167
Jazz uses his x-ray vision to scan the allotments. He looks in the ground
and sees only roots and vegetables. In the far corner of the allotments,
where there is an empty patch of soil. He sees a massive chest buried
underneath the soil. He smiles triumphantly.

JAZZ:
Mil gaye! Aloo paranthe mil gaye ...

Cut.

On the screen we see a newspaper front-page article. There is a photo


of Kesri Kids and Detective Diamond, with the captured Granny Gang
(without their wigs and shades). The whole screen is filled with the
newspaper article. The headline says - ‘Granny Gang Captured and
Stolen Money Returned to Bank’.

Cut.

Scene 9.1
Int, Day, Dr Shakalu's Submarine

Dr Shakalu is sitting at his chair. There is a newspaper in his hands.


Front shot of his hands holding up the newspaper, which is hiding his
face. He slams the newspaper down at the desk. We see his face. He
looks angry and out of control.

DR SHAKALU:
Fer Se...ik baar fer se tumne Shakalu ke plan fail kiya hai...Woh
sara monies mera tha mera …Mai tumhe chodunga nahi ...kyunku
mai ho Dr Shakalu..Dr Shakalu, sabh bacho ki khushi ko khaalu…!
Ha ha ha!

Evil laughter.

Cut.

Scene 10

168
bedroom
Int, Night, Rajan’s Bedroom

Wide shot of Rajan’s . It is dark. On the bottom bunk, Mandy is sleeping.


On the top bunk, Rajan is sitting with his back towards the camera. He is
looking out the window with his telescope. The curtains are open. The
camera zooms in, goes past Rajan and into his telescope. There is a
beautiful, starry night sky. The stars begin dancing around and blur into a
hazy mist.

Rajan sees Inder at school. She’s in PE class. She’s trying to run but her
tummy has become soft and squidgy. She is out of breath and can’t keep
up. Her classmates overtake her, and she slowly comes to a stop,
bending over to catch her breath.

The image disappears and the starry night sky comes back. Rajan jumps
back. Cut to front shot. He looks into the camera with wide, shocked
eyes.

Cut.

Episode 10: Healthy Me!

Scene 1

Ext, Day, Badminton Court

Wide shot of the badminton court in the park. Spectators and parents are
standing on the sides, watching and cheering. Close up tracking shot as
the shuttlecock comes flying towards Inder. Long shot of Inder whacking
it with her badminton racket. The opponent (a boy) hits it back. It comes
a little bit short so Inder takes a big leap forward just in time. She flips it
high into the sky - it is too high for the opponent and he can’t reach it. He
jumps up to reach it, but he misses and the shuttlecock zooms past him.
Everyone is applauding and cheering. Inder’s COACH is the referee of
the match.

169
COACH:
(comes forward, shouting)
Inder ne Semi-Final jeet liya hai!

INDER:
(throwing her arms up in happiness, while still holding her racket in
one hand)
Yes!

Cut.

Scene 1.1

Int, Day, Dr Shakalu’s Submarine

(Dangerous music.) Dr Shakalu is sitting at his chair in his underwater


den. His two pet crocodiles are crawling around on the floor, snapping
their jaws menacingly. He is looking at a newspaper article on his tablet.
There’s a photo of Inder cheering happily, and the headline says, ‘Inder
Kaur Khalsa wins Badminton Semi-Finals’. He makes a disgusted face.

DR SHAKALU:
(Angry Mode)
Ek aur hasta hua chehra..! Mujhe ghutan hoti hai asie haste hue
bache dekh kar.

He goes to his safe in the wall, keys in the code and the door swings
open. There’s a pile of chocolate bars in there. He takes one out and
looks at it.

DR SHAKALU:
Mujhe pata kya karna hai, kaise iski khushi ko dukh mein badalna
hai...Dr Shakalu, sabh bacho ki khushi ko khaalu…! Ha ha ha!

Evil laughter.

Cut.

170
Scene 2

Int, Day, Inder’s Kitchen

Inder bursts into the kitchen. Parminder is making herself a hot drink.
Inder runs to Parminder.

INDER:
(happily, glowing with joy)
Mai jeet gayi...mai jeet gayi…..mai finals mein jaa chuki hoon!

PARMINDER:
(happily, wraps Inder in a hug)
Bohot acche, mujhe pata tha tum jeetogi! Final kab hai?

INDER:
Agle hafte…

Inder’s Mum comes into the kitchen. Her hands are full with a massive
hamper of chocolate. It has a red bow and is nicely decorated.

INDER TO MUM:
(talking quickly, excited)
Mum….mai finals mein pohoch gayi hoon…..

Mum puts the hamper down on the table and gives Inder a big hug.

MUM TO INDER:
(happily)
Shabash beta! Yeh toh hona hi tha….tum is sheher ki sabse acchi
badminton player ho.

PARMINDER TO MUM:
(pointing at the hamper)
Waah! Ye kis liye hai?

171
MUM TO PARMINDER:
Ye parcel Inder ke liye aya ha, shayad iske kisi fan ne bheja hai

Inder, smiling, goes over to the hamper, which is full of small and big
bars of a chocolate called ”YumChoc”. She picks up a bar. Close up of
the bar in her hand. She unwraps it and takes a bite. Close up of Inder’s
face. She is chewing, closes her eyes and has a dreamy look on her
face.

INDER:
(with her mouth full of chocolate)
Oh WOW… ye bohot acche hai!

Inder takes another bite. Wide shot. In the foreground, Inder is eating the
chocolate. In the background, Parminder and her mum are watching her
happily.

PARMINDER:
(light-heartedly)
Dhyan rahe accha paushtik khaana khaao...finals aane wale hai...

Cut.

Scene 3

Ext, Day, School Playground

Wide shot of school playground. It is morning time and kids are dotted
here and there with some parents and some teachers. School has not
started yet. Medium shot of Kesri Kids with Jazz standing by the bike
stands. Camera follows Inder as she walks through the school gates and
sees her friends on the side. She joins them. Kesri Kids congratulate
Inder, crowding around her. They start walking towards the school while
they’re talking.

JAZZ TO EESHA:

172
Oh mai keha sohneyo, vadhayian hon! Koi ladoo ladoo shadoo ho
jaavey fer...

EESHA TO INDER:
Congratulations!

Sam goes forward with his hand up and Inder high fives him.
SAM TO INDER:
Bohot badiya, Inder.

RAJAN TO INDER:
Humein pata tha tum jeet jaogi

KAZ TO INDER:
Finals kab hai?

INDER:
(very happy)
Agle hafte….

While Inder is speaking, she pulls out a YumChoc bar from her trouser
pocket. She unwraps it and starts eating it. Camera pans across Kesri
Kids’ faces as they all watch her with a blank look on their faces.

INDER:
(she stops chewing, speaks with mouth full)
Oh sorry! Tum mein se kisi ko chocolates chahiye?

JAZZ:
Oh Jee, neki te puch puch ...tusi pucho te asi mana kar deyai ...eh
ta Ho Nahi Sakta, Ho Nahi Sakta..(song style)

Inder holds out the chocolate bar towards the camera. Kesri Kids shake
their heads or put their hands up in front of them, meaning no.

EESHA TO INDER:
Nahi...mai nashta kar ke aaya hoon

173
JAZZ:
Nashtey to baad mitha nice hunda hai jee, je nahi yakeen ta
puhclo apne doctor nu puch lavo ...

SAM TO INDER:
Nahi...mujjhe bhook nahi hai….

JAZZ:
O..Ja yaar ..kinne keha chocolate vaste v bhuk di lod hai ….?

RAJAN TO INDER:
Nahi...chocolate hamari sehat ke liye acchi nahi….

JAZZ:
Oho ..fer tokeya panoti ne ...vada aaya nutrionist di aulaad ..

KAZ TO INDER:
Nahi...theek hai…..mai fruits laaya hoon….

JAZZ:
Tusi sare daffa hovo yaar, lai ta lavo te mainu de deo baad
vich...hmmm Yumyyy...

Inder shrugs and takes another bite.

Cut.

Scene 4

Int, Day, Sports Hall

Wide shot of the sports hall. The hall has been set up with lanes for
races. Inder’s class is doing sprint relay races. Inder’s P.E. teacher (Mr
Rumble, who looks like a scary rugby player) is standing to the side,
supervising. The children are lined up in 4 lanes. The races start. The
sprinters run from one side to the other side, and they tag the team

174
members who are standing on the other side. Those team members run
back to the other side and tag another team member. The class is split
into four teams.

Inder comes to the front of the queue. Her classmate Ryan runs towards
her. She holds her hand out. He tags it and she starts running. Next to
Inder, Natasha starts running at the same time. Inder quickly starts
feeling out of breath and starts panting. She slows down. Natasha
overtakes, reaches the other side and tags her team member (Sam).
Sam glances at Inder worriedly as he runs past her. She is as red as a
tomato. She finally reaches the other side, tagging her classmate
Simranpreet, who looks angry and who shoots off.

Cut to the end of the P.E. lesson. The four teams are standing together
in their huddles. Mr Rumble is standing at the front.

MR RUMBLE:
Aaj ke sprint’s ki vijeeta hai - Andrew ki team!

The group next to Inder’s starts cheering. Cut to Inder’s group, which is
looking miserable.

RYAN TO INDER:
(angrily)
Shurkiya Inder...tumhari wajah se hum haar gaye!
Thanks, Inder! Because of you, we lost!

SIMRANPREET TO INDER:
Haan...tum itne dheere kyu bhaag rahi thi….tumhein haarna tha?

Inder looks troubled and doesn’t say anything. Mr Rumble comes to


Inder.

MR RUMBLE TO INDER:
Inder, tum theek ho? Ye ab tak ki peheli race hai jo tum school
mein haari ho….tum thodi thaki hui aur unfit lah rahi ho….

175
INDER TO MR RUMBLE:
(looks troubled, shrugs and shakes her head)
Nahi...mai theek ho...hamesha ki tarah hi….

MR RUMBLE TO INDER:
Accha...agle hafte ke badminton finals ke liye good luck

INDER TO MR RUMBLE:
(nodding, smiling)
Shukriya, sir.

Inder goes to the benches on the side of the hall. All her classmates are
there, having a drink from their water bottles. Inder reaches into her
rucksack, pulls out a YumChoc bar, unwraps it and starts eating it
happily.

Cut.

Scene 5

Ext, Day, Street

Wide shot of street. It is afterschool. Inder and the Kesri Kids and Jazz
are walking home.

INDER TO KESRI KIDS:


Aur pata nahi kaise...par hum race haar gaye

Inder pulls out another chocolate from her pocket, unwraps it and starts
eating it.

EESHA TO INDER:
Wow, tumhein ye chocolate bohot pasand hai...hai na?

INDER TO EESHA:
(talking with her mouth stuffed full of chocolate)

176
Haan...ye nayi chocolate hai….abhi abhi aayi hai aur bohot acchi
hai….ye ab tak ki sabse acchi chocolate hai...

Kesri Kids look at each other. Then they look at Inder eating her
chocolate. She finishes it.

INDER:
(satisfied, talking to herself)
Ah…,maza aagaya

JAZZ:
Mainu bhi ...

INDER TO KESRI KIDS:


Kya tum sab mere practice match mein aaoge?

KESRI KIDS:
Haan

JAZZ:
Mai te ana hi hai ..tusi bulaao, te asi naa aayai, eh ta Ho Nahi
Sakta, Ho Nahi Sakta..(song style)

Cut.

Scene 6

Int, Day, Inder’s Lounge

Wide shot of Inder’s empty lounge. Inder is still in her school uniform.
Inder enters the lounge, dumps her rucksack on the floor, slowly drags
her feet over to the sofa and then flops down on the sofa with a big
exhale. In her right hand, she is holding an open YumChoc bar. She
takes a bite. With her left hand, she digs in her pocket and takes out two
more bars of chocolate. She looks at them thoughtfully. While she is
sitting on the sofa, a full body shot shows that Inder’s tummy has

177
become soft and flabby. It is starting to stick out. Parminder comes into
the room. She stops when she sees Inder eating the chocolate.

PARMINDER:
(surprised)
Kya tum ab bhi vo chocolate kha rahi ho?

Inder nods, smiling in a dreamy way, with chocolate stains all around her
mouth.

PARMINDER:
(looks at her with disapproval)
Tumhein jaakar park mein badminton practice karni
chahiye...tumhare finals kuch hi din mein hai

INDER:
(sighing)
Mai thak gayi hoon….

She sits back on the sofa and slouches into it even more.

PARMINDER:
(firmly)
Inder. Tum jeetna chahti ho na?

INDER:
(shrugs casually)
Haan...jarur….

PARMINDER:
Tab tumhein practice karni hogi aur healthy rehna hoga

INDER:
(sighing, pushing herself up from the sofa)
Haan...shayad tum sahi ho...

Cut.

178
Scene 7

Ext, Day, Badminton Court

Wide shot of the court. There are spectators (children and parents)
sitting or standing around the court. Dr Shakalu is also standing among
the crowd. Inder is playing against another girl, Ayesha. The referee
(COACH) is standing on the side, near the net. The girl hits the
shuttlecock to Inder. Inder has to run to hit it back. She just reaches it in
time. She flicks it back and it goes over the net to the girl. The girl
whacks it really hard and Inder dives to reach it. She hits it over the net.
This time, the girl whacks it downwards, and Inder can’t reach it in time.
She loses her practice match.

COACH:
(puts his hand up)
Ayesha ne match jeet liya hai.

JAZZ:
Aj ta pappu lut gaya...Hayo rabba, dil tut gaya ...

The crowd surrounds Ayesha. Dr Shakalu punches the air with delight.

DR SHAKALU:
Yesss!
Dr Shakalu, sabh bacho ki khushi ko khaalu…! Ha ha ha!

Everyone is congratulating Ayesha. Inder is left standing there, stunned,


staring at Ayesha. Her racket is dangling from her hand. Dr Shakalu
looks at her, laughing with delight. The Kesri Kids come and surround
Inder.

RAJAN TO INDER:
(concerned)
Inder, kya hua hai tumhein?

179
Coach also comes over. He is very furious and starts shouting at Inder.

COACH TO INDER:
(angrily shouts)
Kya kar rahi ho tum? Kya tum practice nahi kar rahi? Tumhara
game bohot kharab ho gaya hai? Mai chahta hoon ki final tum hi
jeeto….mujhe niraash mat karna...tum meri sabse acchi player
ho…..accha hoga ki tum serious ho jao….mai tumhein apne aap
ko sharminda karne nahi duga…..dhyaan rahe ki practice acche se
ho…..!

JAZZ:
Ha mai bahut samjhaya ehnu, bas manndi hi nahi, sadi v man leya
karo sohneo...

Everyone, including Ayesha, turns and stares at Inder while he is


shouting. Inder’s cheeks turn red with embarrassment. Coach walks
away. Inder covers her face with her hands and starts crying.

EESHA TO INDER:
(puts her arms around Inder’s shoulders)
Tum theek ho jaogi, Inder...dhuki mat ho….

SAM TO INDER:
Shayad aaj tumhara din hi kharab hai...

KAZ TO INDER:
Fikar mat kro...tumhein bas thodi aur practice ki jarurat hai

JAZZ:
Ha mai help kar sakda...asi dono ral mil ke practice kar sakde haa
..Mai keha the gentleman way jee ...

Inder takes her hands away from her face and wipes her nose on the
back of her hand.

INDER:

180
(in an upset voice)
Tum sahi keh raho ho...mujhe bas..shayad..practice karni
chahiye...

Dr Shakalu comes over. He has a YumChoc bar in his hand and he


offers it to Inder.

DR SHAKALU TO INDER:
Pyari bachi, ye lo. Mai tumhe rote huye kabhiiiii nahi dekh sakta,
ye chocolate tumhe khushi dega.

Inder takes the chocolate bar from Dr Shakalu.

INDER TO DR SHAKALU:
Thank you.

Dr Shakalu bows dramatically and backs out of the frame. All the Kesri
Kids are looking at him suspiciously. Inder unwraps the chocolate and
starts eating it. KK stare at her, horrified.

EESHA TO INDER:
Inder…mujhe lagta hai tumhare problem ki wajah ye chocolate hai

JAZZ:
Chocolate aur problem....ki mere kam theek ne...eh ta kadi nahi
suniya

INDER TO EESHA:
(sniffling, eating chocolate and getting it all around her mouth)
Nahi is chocolate mein koi kharaabi nahi hai…

JAZZ:
Eh ta main kehna ...

SAM TO INDER:
Par kya tumhein samajh nahi raha hai?

181
KAZ TO INDER:
Jis din se tumne ye chocolate khaana shuru ki hai...us din se tum
unfit hogyi ho…

JAZZ:
Oh yaar, tusi sare kamle hoye chale ho ...chocolate problem,
chocolate unfit...ki ki akhi jaaunde ho ...

KK TO JAZZ:
Oh Jazz, plz tum chup raho ..

RAJAN TO INDER:
Aur isliye tum game haar gayi...

INDER TO KESRI KIDS:


(shaking her head in denial)
Nahi….ye sach nahi hai….maine bas kuch hi chocolates khaayi
hai...maine jyaada khaayi hi nahi
They are all looking at her, bewildered. MR BLING comes and stops in
front of Inder (behind Kesri Kids). She looks at him, chewing her
chocolate.

MR BLING TO KK:
Kyaa Baat Hai Bacha Log!
(looking at them over his glasses)
Koi lafdaa hai kyaa…??

KESRI KIDS TO MR BLING:


Heeyyy….Mr Bling agaye ….!

MR BLING TO INDER:
Tumhare dost sahi keh rahe hai….agaya agaya healthy hone ka
samay agaya (song style)....arey Chocolates bhi koi khaaney ki
cheez hai kyaa ...doodh pio, fal khaao, ghee, rajma-chawal..my
favorite ...aur bhi kitna kuch hai bhaai is duniya mein khaaney ke
liye ...

182
INDER TO MR BLING:
(offended)
Par mai kabhi kabhi hi khaati hoon….

MR BLING TO INDER:
(sternly, loudly)
Bilkul Jooth bachey...Tum ise har waqt khaati rehti ho…..yahan tak
ki tum aadhi raat ko bhi khati ho ...meri expert cctv mein sab
record, kaho to video chaal du ...

Inder stops chewing, looking at him with wide, embarrassed eyes. Her
hand is frozen in mid-air, holding the YumChoc bar halfway to her mouth.

MR BLING TO INDER:
Mai sach keh raha hoon na?

Inder nods, shamefacedly.

MR BLING TO INDER:
(softly)
Mata sahib Kaur Jee swasth rehne ke liye varjish kiya karte
the….ye chocolate khaane ke bajaaye...fitness coaching lene ki
koshish karo…

As MR BLING floats away, he speaks over his shoulder.

MR BLING:
(over his shoulder, in a sing-song voice)
Tumhein accha lagega.

The Kesri Kids turn back to Inder.

SAM TO INDER:
(holding his hand out)
Theek hai, Inder….apni chocolates mujhe do...

INDER TO SAM:

183
Nahi!

EESHA TO INDER:
Tumhein deni padegi...ismein tumhari hi bhalai hai…

Inder takes the chocolate bars out of her pockets and gives them to
Sam. She opens her rucksack and tips it upside down. It’s full of
chocolates. They fall to the floor. There is one school book, a pencil case
and a spare shuttlecock, which also fall out.

JAZZ:
Eh ta aladdin da khazana hai yaar. Ehne sari chocolates...Ab
ayega mazaa….

INDER:
Bas…..bas itni hi hai….

Jazz comes running up wearing his orange shades, and sticks his head
in between the circle of Kesri Kids.

JAZZ TO KESRI KIDS:


Vaise ta tu jhoot boldi payi hai kudiye..par tainu maaf kita ..

INDER TO JAZZ:
Nahi...bilkul nahi….

JAZZ TO KESRI KIDS:


Acha, ik vaar pencil case ta dekhlo yaaro ...

SAM TO INDER:
(points to pencil case)
Iske andar kya hai?

Inder gives an angry look, picks up the pencil case and opens it. It is full
of chocolate bars. She turns it upside down and all of the chocolate bars
fall out.

184
INDER TO JAZZ:
Hogaya….ab tum khush ho?

JAZZ TO INDER
Actually, nahi, mai udaas haaa tuhadi sehat changi nahi, so asi
sab udaas haa ...

Jazz wanders off.

KAZ TO INDER:
Shabas Inder...tumne apni saari chocolates dedi hai...ye bohot
acchi shuruvaat hai….Ab healthy hone ke liye tumhein do
cheezein karni hogi….ek healthy cheezein khaani hogi….aur dusra
roz exercise karni hogi….

INDER TO KESRI KIDS:


(grumpily)
Mujhe bohot thakaan ho rahi hai...mujhe ghar jaakar aaram karna
hai...

EESHA TO INDER:
(brightly)
Koi baat nahi….hum kal aakar tumhein fit aur healthy hone mein
madad karege

Cut.

Scene 8

Int, Night, Inder’s Kitchen

Wide shot of Inder’s kitchen. Cut to medium shot of Inder opening the
kitchen cupboards, drawers, cabinets, the fridge, the freezer. Parminder
is sitting at the kitchen table, writing in a book. Inder looks under the
table. Parminder watches Inder curiously, with a funny face. Mum walks
into the kitchen while Inder is looking in the cupboard under the sink.

185
MUM TO INDER:
Inder...tum kya kar rahi ho?

INDER TO MUM:
(rushing over to Mum)
Mum….kya aapke paas kuch aur chocolates hai?

PARMINDER TO INDER:
(shocked)
Tumne vo saari khatam kardi?

MUM TO INDER:
(cuddling Inder)
Nahi beta...maine sab tumhein de di thi..

Close up of Inder looking distressed.

Fade out.

Scene 9

Int, Day, Inder’s Hallway

Fade in.

Inder is walking down the stairs. She is not wearing uniform as it’s a
Saturday. The doorbell rings.

INDER:
(calls out)
Mai dekhti hoon...

Inder goes to the door, opens it and the Kesri Kids are standing outside
her house. Rajan is standing at the front.

RAJAN TO INDER:
(holding out a tupperware container)

186
Good morning! Mai tumhare liye healthy khaana laaya hoon...

SAM TO INDER:
Kha lo...tumahari fitness class ka time hone wala hai..

Inder opens the tupperware container. It has got a wrap cut into two
halves, with lots of vegetables, lettuce, spinach, basil, tomatoes,
cucumbers, green peppers and pieces of tofu. Inder takes a bite of it - at
first she frowns, but as she chews her face lights up. She says “yum!”
and swallows it.

INDER TO RAJAN:
(smiling)
Wow, Rajan, ye bohot swadisht hai...

Inder takes another bite.

RAJAN TO INDER:
Mai Mandy ke liye aksar khaana banata hoon jab mummy papa
busy hote hai..

SAM TO INDER:
Khaate khaate chalo…..humein park jaana hai fitness class ke
liye...

Cut.

Scene 10

Ext, Day, Park

Wide shot of the park. There is a fitness class going on under some
trees. Coach is teaching the class. There’s a group of middle aged men
and women all doing funny poses and movements. Camera pans from
fitness class to Kesri Kids, who are standing and watching them from a
distance. Inder is looking at Coach and she goes red.

187
INDER TO KESRI KIDS:
Oh no….ye toh Coach hai...mai class nahi join kar sakti…

KAZ TO INDER:
Chalo bhi Inder….bina class join kiye tum fit kaise hojaogi?

INDER TO KAZ:
Par agar unhone mujhe dekh liya...toh vo mera kal ki tarah majak
banayege...

EESHA TO INDER:
Ab chalo...hum sab hoge tumhare saath tum akeli nahi ho...

Inder hesitates. A lightbulb flashes on above her head.

INDER:
Ruko ruko...mere paas ek idea hai...

Cut to Inder rubbing her cream on her hand.

Montage with music. All the Kesri Kids are in the back of the fitness
class and we can see Sam, Eesha, Rajan and Kaz doing fitness moves.
Inder is invisibly joining in next to them. Lots of comedy and humour as
all the Kesri Kids do fitness. They do lots of different stretches, balancing
and funny poses.

Cut.

Scene 11

Ext, Day, Badminton Courts

It is the day of the finals. Wide shot of the badminton court. Inder is
standing on one side and a boy is standing on the other side. The
referee in the middle is telling them to get ready, puts his hand up and
they start. Inder starts by hitting the shuttlecock. The game continues.
They hit it back and forth with good speed. Then he ups his speed and

188
hits the shuttlecock very hard so she has to dive to hit it back. Kesri Kids
gasp.

The boy hits it to Inder. She hits it back to him and he again whacks it
very hard. The shuttlecock shoots up into the air. She jumps really high
to hit it. Only the edge of the racket manages to touch the shuttlecock. It
barely just goes past the net. Coach is watching the game nervously,
with wide eyes. The game continues - the boy hits it, she hits it, the boy
hits it. Then she finds her flow - she feels more confident, lively and
bouncy. The game continues rapidly going back and forth.

Close up of Inder’s face. She narrows her eyes, with a scheme in her
head. The boy hits it to her. She hits it back-handed with all her might. It
goes whizzing past the boy. He tries to jump up to hit it, but his racket
misses and he falls to the floor. The shuttlecock hits the floor. He has lost
the match.

Everyone jumps up from their seats, applauding and congratulating her.


Kesri Kids come running onto the badminton court. Coach comes as
well. They crowd around her, giving her congratulations. Coach stands
over Inder and she looks up at him with a wide smile.

COACH TO INDER:
Bohot badiya Inder! Maine tumse yahi umeed ki thi….bohot
acche…

JAZZ:
Badhayi Ho Badhayi, Shubh Ghadi aayi ...Aj ta kamaal hi karti
tusaa mai keha sohneo ...Hun Ta partyyy houuu

Close up of Inder’s delighted face. Zoom out. She is now standing on the
winner’s podium. Coach is standing next to her, proudly. She is holding
up the winner’s trophy and has a big, golden medal around her neck.
The crowd around her is cheering and applauding.

Cut.

189
Scene 11.1

Int, Day, Dr Shakalu’s Submarine

The ending shot from the previous scene has become a static
photograph on Dr Shakalu’s screen. He is sitting in his chair, reading an
article on the tablet. The tablet is standing up on the table. The headline
says, ‘Inder Kaur Khalsa Wins Badminton Finals 3rd Year in a Row!’
accompanied by the photo of Inder’s victory. Growling with frustration, Dr
Shakalu bangs his fist on the table, and the tablet shakes and falls over.

DR SHAKALU:
Errrr! Mai harna pasand nahi karta ...Tumne choclates ko bhale hi
hara diya hai, par Dr Shakalu ko kbhi nahi hara paaogey...Mai hu
...Dr Shakalu, sabh bacho ki khushi ko khaalu…! Ha ha ha!

Evil laughter.

Cut.

Scene 12

Int, Night, Rajan’s Bedroom

Wide shot of Rajan’s bedroom. It is dark. Mandy is asleep on the bottom


bunk. Rajan is sitting on the top bunk. He is looking out the window with
his back turned towards the camera. He is looking through his telescope
at the stars in the sky. The curtains are open. Camera zooms in towards
Rajan, goes past him and zooms into his telescope. Through the
telescope we can see a beautiful image of the stars in the sky. The stars
begin jumping and dancing around. They all blur together and form a
misty haze.

Rajan sees a girl called Roxanne (she has short purple hair and big
glasses) playing a computer game as she walks into the classroom at
school. A girl standing in front of her is taking a drink of water from her
bottle. Roxanne, looking down at her game, walks right into the girl. She

190
bumps her from behind and the girl’s water spills all over her face and
clothes. She gasps, looking down at her dripping wet clothes, and then
at Roxanne, who is looking at her with shock.

The image fades out and the starry night sky returns to normal. Rajan
gasps and jumps back, shocked by what he has seen. Cut to front view.
Rajan looks into the camera with wide eyes.

Cut.

Episode 11: Game On

Scene 1

Int, Day, Dr Shakalu’s Submarine

(Dangerous music.) Dr Shakalu is sitting at his chair in his underwater


den. His two pet crocodiles are crawling around by his feet, snapping
their jaws menacingly. Dr Shakalu is holding a GameMASTER console
in his hands. He bends down to show the crocodiles, and talks to them.
They growl and snap their jaws, while listening.

DR SHAKALU:
Mere Pyaare dosto, this is my latest invention. Kaisa lagaa?

The crocodiles growl and bare their sharp teeth.

DR SHAKALU:
Heh heh heh. Mera yeh acha avishkar, sabki buri aadat ban kar
unki zindagi barbaad jar dega. Ek baar jo istemaal karega sari
zindagi ban jagea. Mai kesri city ke bache bache tak ise pahucha
ke unke zindagi tabaah karunga. Unki padayi likhayi unke rishety
naate sab khatam karunga…. Mera gameMaster Aaa raha hai ...is
bach sakte ho bach ke dikhao. Dr Shakalu, sabh bacho ki khushi
ko khaalu…! Ha ha ha!

Close up of GameMASTER start screen.

191
Cut.

Scene 1.1

Int, Daytime, Kaz’s Classroom

Close up of GameMaster screen. Zoom out. Roxanne is playing on it,


her thumbs tapping on the control buttons quickly.

Cut to wide shot of Kaz’s classroom. All the children are sitting at their
desks. Mr Turner is standing at the front of the class teaching.

Cut to a medium shot of Kaz. He looks across to his right hand side, at
the girl who sits on the table next to him, Roxanne. Roxanne has a
purple bob hairstyle which is pinned back from her face with a shiny
silver hairpin. She wears big glasses.

Cut to side view of Roxanne. She is playing a handheld gaming device


secretly under the desk. It’s called a GameMASTER. Both of her thumbs
are moving frantically. She’s staring at the screen. The book on her desk
is standing up, so it's shielding the teacher from seeing what she is
doing.

Cut to Kaz. He frowns with confusion. He looks at Mr Turner. Long shot


of Mr Turner, who hasn't noticed. He is busy teaching and writing
something on the board. Long shot of the classroom, shown from front
view. Roxanne's book is standing up on the desk; it looks like she's
looking down at her book.

The bell rings. The children go out of the classroom. Roxanne is playing
on her game while walking. Kaz joins her.

KAZ:
Hey, Roxanne.

Roxanne is still looking at her game.

192
ROXANNE:
(in a disengaged tone)
Hey, Kaz.

KAZ:
Tum is game ko itna jyaada kyu khel rahi ho?

ROXANNE:
(with excitement)
Kyuki jab mai 10,000 level par pohoch jaaugi, tab world record
mera hoga!

KAZ:
Tum kaunse level par ho?

ROXANNE:
9,998!

They walk through the corridor, towards the exit.

KAZ:
Wow! Kitna samay laga tumhein level 9,998 par pohochne ke liye?

ROXANNE:
(while playing)
Ek saal!

Kaz looks over her shoulder and has a look at the game screen. Close
up of the gaming screen. I's a shooting game. Her character is walking
around with a rifle. There's a target finder on the screen and she's
moving it around, trying to find targets.

ROXANNE:
Humein nishaana lagakar shoot kar ke, khazaana dhundkar agle
level par jaana hota hai...Ye aasan nahi hai...

193
She keeps playing and walks off, merging into the crowd.

Cut.

Scene 2

Ext, Day, Playground

Wide shot of the playground. It’s playtime. Kaz and the Kesri kids are
together sitting on the tiered seats near the basketball court. Roxanne
walks passed them, her head down, staring at her GameMASTER.

KAZ TO ROXANNE:
(calling out)
Hey Roxaane, hamare saath khelogi?

Roxanne shakes her head vigorously and continues playing her game.

ROXANNE TO KAZ:
(looking at her game)
Bilkul nahi, Mai logo ke saath nahi khelti.

She wanders off by herself. The Kesri Kids look at each other,
bewildered.

Cut.

Scene 3

Int, Day, Kaz’s Classroom

Wide shot of Kaz’s classroom. Kaz is sitting at his desk. Children are
coming into the classroom. Roxanne also walks into the classroom
playing on her game. A girl in front of her is standing and drinking water
from her bottle. Roxanne absent-mindedly walks into the girl, as her
eyes are on the GameMASTER. She bumps into the girl strongly, and
the girl’s water spills all over her face and top. She gasps, looking down

194
at her dripping clothes. Kaz gasps, the class gathers around. Mr Turner,
who is standing by the front desk, sees this and comes to Roxanne.

MR TURNER TO ROXANNE:
Roxanne! Tumhein pata hai na school mein games lana mana hai

ROXANNE TO MR TURNER:
(while still playing)
Par Sir, mujhe is game ko complete karna hi hoga

MR TURNER TO ROXANNE:
(holding his hand out)
Laao mujhe do

ROXANNE TO MR TURNER:
Ji nahi! Aap mujhse meri game nahi le sakte!

MR TURNER TO ROXANNE:
(hand still held out expectantly)
Darasal, mai le sakta hai….tumhein niyam pata hai na. Ye ab tum
hein school khatam hone ke baad hi milega…

ROXANNE TO MR TURNER:
(grumpily)
Theek hai!

Cut to the screen of the GameMASTER. She pauses the game.

ROXANNE TO MR TURNER:
(desperately)
Please game band mat kariyega….maine aaj tak game band nahi
kiya hai…..
Please don't exit the game. I've never exited the game.

Mr Turner gives her a funny look. Close up as he puts it away in the


locking cupboard under his desk.

195
Cut. The class is now happening. Mr Turner is writing a maths equation
on the whiteboard. The kids in the class are writing in their books. Kaz is
engaged in his learning, writing in his book. He then looks across at
Roxanne. Roxanne is drumming her fingers on the table with her right
hand. She's got her left elbow propped up on the table and her head
resting in her hand. She's looking very restless and keeps looking at her
watch. She’s looking very troubled. Her leg is bouncing up and down
under the table restlessly. The bell rings.

MR TURNER TO THE WHOLE CLASS:


Bachho...yaad rakhna tumhara maths homework tuesday ko
submit karna hai….

The children pack their things away. They stand up and leave the
classroom. Roxanne rushes through the crowd to Mr Turner’s desk. Kaz
follows her.

She stands there, waiting expectantly. Mr Turner takes the


GameMASTER out of his drawer. He holds it out to give to her. She
takes it in her hand but Mr Turner still keeps hold of it.

MR TURNER TO ROXANNE:
(seriously)
Roxanne, playing a little bit of computer games is okay. But you’re
playing too much. itna jyaada game khelna acchi baat nahi
hai…...tumhein aur bhi cheezein karni chahiye

ROXANNE TO MR TURNER:
Sir, nothing is as good as the GameMASTER. Everything else is
boring.

Mr Turner then lets go of the GameMASTER. Close up of screen.


Roxanne presses RESUME. She starts playing and walks out of the
room, staring at her screen, her thumbs speedily tapping.

Cut.

196
Scene 3.1

Int, Day, Dr Shakalu’s Submarine

Dr Shakalu is reading a news article on his tablet. The headline says,


‘Kids Addicted to GameMASTER Stop Eating Sleeping and Studying!’
He smiles cruelly.

DR SHAKALU:
Ha ha ha! Mera plan in sabh ko barbaad kar dega. Inke dimaag ka
control mere paas aajeyga aur fer ye saey bache mere gulaam
ban jaaenge...Mujh jaise Genious ke chamche honge ye sarey
bache ha ha ha ha ..

He sits back in his chair, smiling and putting his hands behind his head
in a relaxed manner.

Cut.

Scene 3.2

Int, Day, Kaz’s Classroom

Continue from previous scene. Mr Turner looks at Kaz and sighs.

MR TURNER TO KAZ:
Kya tum meri madad kroge?

KAZ TO MR TURNER:
Mai koshish kruga Sir, Kya madad krni hai?

MR TURNER TO KAZ:
Kaz...tumhara teacher hone ke naate...mai tumhein ye mission
deta hoon ki Roxanne ki games khelne ki aadat ab tumhein hi
theek karni hai...Use batao ki vo asli mein aur kya karsakti ho jo
games se bhi jyaada accha hai….

197
KAZ TO MR TURNER
(smiles and eagerly says)
Bas! Ye toh kaafi aasaan hai!

Cut.

Scene 4

Ext, Day, Outside School

Cut to outside the school. It is home time, there are crowds of children
going out the school gates. All the Kesri kids and Jazz are walking home
together. Roxanne is walking a little bit ahead of them. Kaz watches
Roxanne play.

JAZZ TO CAMERA:
Mainu ta eh samajh nahi aaunda tusi ehne ehne der school amdar
karde ki ho ...Kinni der to udeekda si...

KAZ TO KESRI KIDS:


Jazz, aj ek dilchasap baat hui. Tumhein pata hai….?

JAZZ TO KAZ:
Oh yaar, school de andar tu si, mainu kida pata laguuu, ki hoeya
koi navi gori mem agayi ki school vich.?

KAZ:
Are nahi ….aur kuch ...Roxanne ko puri tarah computer games ki
aadat lag gayi hai. Aur Mr Turner chahate hai ki hum use
GameMASTER mein game khelne se roke aur kuch aur
karwaye…

INDER TO KESRI KIDS:


Humein use alag alag tarah ke khel dikhaane chahiye….jisse vo
khud chun sake ki use kaunsa khel pasand hai

KAZ TO INDER:

198
Ye toh bohot accha idea hai!

JAZZ:
Oh yaar, tusi bahut tension lende ho, uhnu khedan deo, oh v mast
hai tusi v mast raho, aaho ..!

KAZ TO ROXANNE:
(calling out)
Hey, Roxanne!

ROXANNE TO KAZ:
(slows down a little, answering over her shoulder while staring at
her screen)
Haan?

KAZ TO ROXANNE :
Hum park jaa rahe hai khelne ke liye... hamare saath chalo, bohot
maza aayega….

ROXANNE TO KAZ:
(shakes her head)
Bilkul nahi….ye bohot boring hai...

ALL THE KESRI KIDS TO ROXANNE


(the Kesri kids all shout over each other)
Aur ye tumhein kaise pata….tum galat ho!

EESHA TO ROXANNE:
Hamare khel tumhare game se kaafi jyaada mazedaar hai

KAZ TO ROXANNE:
Chalo bhi Roxanne tumhein hamare saath apne computer games
se bhi jyaada maza aayega

ROXANNE TO KAZ:
GameMASTER se jyaada majedaar kuch bhi nahi

199
KAZ TO ROXANNE:
Tumhein kal aana hi hoga….mai saabit karduga ki hamare khel is
cheez se kaafi jyaada acche hai

ROXANNE TO KAZ:
Aur mai saabit karugi ki vo nahi hai!

KAZ TO ROXANNE:
Theek hai….phir kal milte hai!

ROXANNE
Theek hai!
JAZZ:
(Making sound) tin tina tan..! To bhai log, hub aaau asli mazaaa ..!

Kesri Kids all look at each other and happily give each other high
five.

Cut.

Scene 5

External. daytime. Hilly Area

Montage scene with music.

Wide shot of Hilly Area. Lots of grass, open land, a forest and a tall hill.
The Hilly Area is outside the city. Cut to medium shot of Kesri kids and
Roxanne standing around a picnic blanket on the grass. Sam's got his
hands full of boardgames and he drops them all. They fall on the picnic
blanket. Roxanne is standing just a little bit away, playing on her
GameMASTER. The Kesri kids all get excited when they see the
boardgames. They take out snakes and ladders.

Close up of the board. A rolled dice lands on it. Cut to medium shot of
Kesri Kids sitting on picnic blanket, with the pile of games nearby. They
play Snakes and Ladders for a few turns. Kaz looks across as at

200
Roxanne. She's still playing on the GameMASTER, leaning back
against a tree. She looks up at the snakes and ladders game. She
frowns and shakes her head. She carries on with her GameMASTER.

Cut to Kesri Kids playing a card game (rummy). They’re all sitting in a
circle, taking turns to pick up cards and put them down in the middle.
Roxanne's holding her cards in her hands, but hidden behind her cards,
she's playing her GameMASTER. It’s Roxanne’s turn. They all look at
her. Eesha shakes Roxanne’s arm. Roxanne looks up at Kesri Kids with
a blank look. She shakes her head and carries on playing. Eesha throws
her cards in the middle, stands up and leaves. They all put their cards in
the middle.

Close up of a kite flying through the sky. It's a clear blue sky and a
beautiful sunny day. Camera pans down to show Rajan flying the kite. All
the kesri kids are watching, it’s blowing in the wind. The kite flies off and
they all run after it. Inder stops and looks back at Roxanne. Roxanne is
still playing on her GameMASTER. Cut to Inder. Her shoulders are
slumped and she looks defeated. Cut to Kesri Kids looking up and
running after the kite.

The kite wraps itself around MR BLING, who is very big and floating in
the sky. He spins around quickly and untangles himself. Kesri Kids come
running and stop when they see him. MR BLING looks down at them.

MR BLING TO KK:
Kyaa Baat Hai Bacha Log!
(looking at them over his glasses)
Koi lafdaa hai kyaa…??

KESRI KIDS TO MR BLING:


Heloo….Mr Bling ….! Hume pata tha aap aatey hi honge

MR BLING:
Tumne bulaya aur hum chale aye …(song style).

MR BLING TO KESRI KIDS:

201
To bacha log, tumhara Roxanne ki madad karne wala mission
kaisa chal raha hai?

KAZ TO MR BLING:
Kuch khaas nahi….uska aur kisi cheez mein mann hi nahi lagta
hai…

MR BLING TO KAZ:
Kyuki shayad tum kuch galat kar rahe ho….Use GameMASTER
par kaise games khelna pasand hai?

KAZ TO MR BLING:
Nishaana lagana….khazana dhundna

MR BLING TO KAZ:
Toh ye uski kamzori hai…..tumhein uski kamzori uske khilaaf
istemaal karni hogi. Kabhi kabhi humein bohot soch kar logo ko
sahi cheezein sikhani pad ti hai...

Then MR BLING waves, and spins away in a tornado. The kite goes
spinning with him and is gone.

Cut to Sam flying through the park to the rest of the Kesri Kids. In his
arms, he is holding six big water guns. The skateboard comes to the
ground and rolls to a stop in front of the Kesri Kids.

SAM:
Mere paas pichkaariyan hai!

Inder holds up a piece of paper, on which she has roughly drawn a map
of the park.

INDER:
Maine Map banaliya hai!

Eesha opens her Khazana and brings out a big brown sack.

202
EESHA:
Aur khazana mere paas hai!

She hands it to Kaz.

Cut to Kaz sitting on Jazz. Jazz runs into the woods. He’s wearing his
orange shades. Show view through his orange shades. He's looking to
see any holes or any hollow places where they can hide the treasure.
He sees a hollow tree. He runs to it and nudges his snout through the
hole in the tree. Cut to view from inside the hole, Kaz’s big snout and
shades poking in and looking in the hollow space. He takes his head out
and nods.

JAZZ:
Oh haaji, mai keha labh gaya ….oh meaning, ithe yaaro ...Yahan
par...

Kaz puts the treasure inside the hollow tree. Rajan comes up behind
them with his hands full of fern and bracken. He shoves it into the hollow
opening, so it sticks out and disguises the hole. All the Kesri Kids look at
it happily.

KAZ:
(still sitting on Jazz)
Hogya! Chalo ab chale aur khele!

Cut to Roxanne, who is sitting under the trees in the woods. She hear’s
Kaz’s voice calling out to her from a distance.

KAZ (VOICEOVER):
Roxanne! Yahan aao...hamare paas tumhare liye bohot accha khel
hai

Roxanne looks up, intrigued. Close-up of the GameMASTER screen.


She presses the pause button. On the screen it says “What do you want
to do next?” And two buttons - Un-pause, Exit. She puts
theGameMASTER in her open rucksack and stands up. Cut to four Kesri

203
Kids (minus Inder) standing on the grass, waiting for her. Jazz is eating
grass near them. Roxanne walks into the frame.

ROXANNE TO KESRI KIDS:


Aur vo kya hai?

JAZZ:
Bas chupan chupaayi ke khel ki tarah hai, yaad hai bhachpan mein
khela karte the …

Cut to over the shoulder view from Inder, standing some distance away
under a tree. She watches Roxanne talking to the Kesri Kids. She
unscrews her Kesri Cream tub and rubs a blog of it onto her hand. Long
shot of Inder as she becomes invisible. Inder runs to Roxanne’s
rucksack and takes out the GameMASTER. She runs off behind some
trees.

Cut to Kesri Kids talking to Roxanne. They are in the middle of a


conversation.

KAZ TO ROXANNE:
(convincingly)
Fikar mat karo Roxanne, ye kaafi mazedaar hoga

ROXANNE TO KAZ:
Tumne soch bhi kaise liya ki mai tumhare boring game ka hissa
banugi

JAZZ:
Arey yaar ab soch par bhi tax lagu ki ...sochna ta sada janam sidh
adhikaar hai..

She goes back to her tree, sits down and reaches into her rucksack. She
frowns. She looks into her rucksack and roots around in it trying to find
her GameMASTER. She tips it upside down. Some books fall out.

ROXANNE:

204
(panicking)
Mera GameMASTER!

She looks up at the Kesri kids. They are all standing there innocently.

ROXANNE TO KESRI KIDS


Mujhe vo vapas do! Mai level 9,999 par hoon!

JAZZ:
Te mai level 1 te haa, aya samajh ...tera GameMaster vaster da ta
sanu pata nahi par oh shayad vapis naheo miley bhavey tu jaa k
Bruc lee nu das de, dekh lavange uhnu v ...

SAM TO ROXANNE:
Aree...hum-mein se kisi ne tumahra GameMASTER nahi
liya...hum-mein vo chahiye bhi nahi!

Jazz comes sauntering through the frame in a casual manner, snuffling


the grass.

ROXANNE TO KESRI KIDS:


(pointing at Jazz)
Ye! Mujhe yakeen hai is ghode ne hi liya hai!

JAZZ TO ROXANNE:
Ghoda, shukar hai Gadha naheo je aakheya ...Yaar mai ta bhola
jha nanha jeha nauthy jeha bacha hega, mere pihcye kyu pai rahe
ho ...

ROXANNE TO JAZZ
Mera GameMASTER mujhe vapas do!

Roxanne stands up and starts stomping over to Jazz. Jazz gives a


cheeky grin and winks towards the camera.

JAZZ TO ROXANNE:

205
Aja beta, to deal ye hai ki Jo jita vahi sikandar aur jo har gaya vo
bandar ...aja billo raniye, gameMaster lai jaa ..!

Jazz runs off and disappears into the trees. She sighs, defeated. All the
Kesri kids come and stand around her in a circle. They look at her
victoriously.

KAZ TO ROXANNE:
Kya tum hamare saath khelogi?

ROXANNE TO KAZ:
(angrily)
Theek hai! Mere paas aur kuch hai bhi nahi ab karne ke liye!

Cut.

Scene 6

Ext. Daytime. Woods

Wide shot of the clearing in the woods. Inder and Roxanne are paired.
Sam and Eesha are paired. Rajan and Kaz are paired. The three pairs
are standing facing each other in a triangular formation. One person in
each pair is holding a map. All six children are holding water guns. They
are giving each other aggressive looks.

KAZ TO ALL:
(calling)
Is khel ke do lakshya hai….pehele ki paani se bheegna nahi hai
aur doosra ki sabko khazaana dhundna hai….jo koyi thoda bhi
paani se bheega, vo khel se bahar….aur jo koi bhi khazaana
dhoond lega...vo vijeeta!

SAM TO ALL:
(shouts)
Jo team sabse acchi hogi vo jeetegi!

206
Sam and Eesha turn around and run into the woods.

Track Inder and Roxanne running through the forest, pointing their water
guns in different places and looking through the trees. Roxanne turns
around and points the water gun backwards, checking that no one's
following them. They carry on running next to each other.

On the left, Inder notices a rustling of the trees.

INDER:
(whispers)
Vahan par….

Inder shoots water in that direction. Then a small bird flies off, dripping
wet.

Roxanne stops and she looks up at the tree.

ROXANNE:
Suno! Meri baat suno! Humein ped ke upar se kaafi kuch dikh
sakta hai...aao ped par chad te hai ..

Cut to Inder climbing up the tree. Roxanne is standing at the base of the
tree, watching her climb. Inder looks down.

INDER:
Aao, Roxanne!

ROXANNE:
(in a quiet voice)
Maine pehele kabhi ped nahi chada

INDER:
Fikar mat karo...bohot aasaan hai….bas jaisa mai kar rahi hoon
vaise karte jaao...

207
Roxanne puts her left foot on a bump in the tree’s trunk and puts her
right-hand up on a stumpy growth above her head. She pulls herself up
and reaches out with her left hand and right foot. Wide shot of the tree.

Inder is climbing up confidently and Roxanne is following her


hesitatingly. Cut to the branches at the top of the tree. Inder is crouching
in the them and Roxanne pulls herself up.

Camera pans 180 degrees from left the right, showing the whole of the
forest.

INDER:
Ye bohot accha idea tha…..

Cut to Roxanne looking at the map. She looks up, around the forest, and
sees an old, fallen tree, in the distance to her left. She locates the fallen
tree on the map, pointing at it. From the fallen tree, she makes a path
through the trees with her finger. There is an old tyre swing, and beyond
that is the tree marked with X, where the treasure has been buried (in
the top right corner of the map).

ROXANNE:
(pointing into the distance)
Khazaana us aor hai…..

INDER:
Theek hai….chalo….

ROXANNE:
(grabs Inder’s arm)
Dekho!

They put their heads together and look down through the trees. Jazz is
eating some berries from the bushes.

ROXANNE:
(through gritted teeth)

208
Mera GameMASTER uske paas hai

INDER:
(mischievously smiling)
Tab...mujhe lagta hai use vapas lene ka samay aagya hai

Roxanne smiles and nods at Inder. She aims her water gun and shoots a
long squirt of water at Jazz’s backside. He kicks out in alarm, neighing.
His snout is covered in purple berry juice. He runs off into the trees.
Laughing, Inder starts climbing down the tree. Roxanne stays on the
branch, looking down at her. Inder looks up.

INDER:
(looks up at Roxanne)
Chalo Roxanne...bas jo mai kar rahi hoon vo karti raho...

Roxanne looks down. She sees a blurry, double vision of Inder and the
forest floor. She gulps and shakes her head.

ROXANNE:
(nervously)
Errrr...mujhe nahi lagta mai neeche utar paaugi

INDER:
Fikar mat karo...mai abhi madad lekar aati hoon

Inder climbs down to the ground. Sam whizzes into the frame on his
skateboard.

SAM:
Fikar mat karo! Madad aa chuki hai!

Sam rushes up on his skateboard. He stops and hovers just above


Roxanne.

SAM TO ROXANNE:
(looking down at her)

209
Mere Skateboard ko kaske pakad lo….

Roxanne puts her hands out and holds on tight to the skateboard. The
colourful stone is flashing brightly. She pushes herself off the tree branch
with her feet. Now she is dangling from the skateboard. Sam very slowly
lowers the skateboard. Roxanne’s feet touch the ground and she lets go.

ROXANNE TO SAM:
Shukriya!

SAM TO ROXANNE:
(showing off, doing a backflip on his skateboard)
Koi baat nahi….ye to mera farz tha ...

A squirt of water comes out of the trees and hits Sam on the side of his
face. Slow motion of the water squirting and splashing his face - his
cheek and lips wobble as the water impact is strong. Sam is out.

SAM:
(slow-mo)
Nahi….!

Back to normal speed. The three children look into the trees and Sam
points his water gun in that direction. Rajan runs away laughing. Sam
shoots his water gun but Rajan disappears behind a tree and Sam’s
water hits the tree instead.

ROXANNE TO INDER:
Chalo jaldi!

They run off into the trees after Rajan. Rajan is ducking and diving in
between the trees. Inder gets Rajan’s back. Rajan is out. Another water
squirt comes from the right, trying to shoot Inder and Roxanne. They
both duck. With super quick reflexes, Roxanne squirts water in that
direction. Rajan and Kaz both come out of the trees, drenched.

INDER TO ROXANNE:

210
(high 5)
Chalo chal kar khaaza dhundhe!

Inder and Roxanne run off into the trees. They run from tree to tree,
hiding.

Medium shot of Eesha hiding behind some trees. She’s watching them.

Cut to over the shoulder view from Eesha watching Inder and Roxanne
running through the trees. Inder then follows them from some distance.
She goes after them hiding from tree to tree. She takes aim and squirts
them with water.

Cut to Inder and Roxanne. Squirted water is coming towards them from
behind. It hits the tree next to them.

ROXANNE TO INDER:
(shouts)
Chupo!

They both run in opposite directions and hide behind tree. Wide shot of
Eesha hiding behind one tree and Inder and Roxanne (some distance
away from Eesha) hiding behind other trees.

Show Eesha's over-the-shoulder perspective. She's holding her water


gun ready to shoot. Roxanne peeps out from behind the tree and Eesha
shoots at her. But Roxanne quickly hides behind the tree again. Inder
peeps out from behind the tree and tries to shoot Eesha. Eesha ducks
and shoots Inder. Inder is out.

INDER:
(shouts)
Nahi….!

EESHA TO ROXANNE:
(calling out)
Ab sirf mai aur tum bache hai...Roxanne!

211
ROXANNE TO EESHA:
Mujhse jeetne ke liye tumhari kismat bohot jyaada acchi honi
chahiye...

The Kesri kids catch up and stand with Inder. They all watch from side to
side, to see who will win. Jazz is also there.

Roxanne comes and stands in the open.

ROXANNE TO EESHA:
(shouting into the trees, where Eesha is hiding)
Aao...mujhe pakad kar dikhaao...

Eesha peeps out from behind a tree and shoots water at Roxanne.
Roxanne does a James Bond style flip in the air, rolls and ducks behind
another tree. She peeps out from the other side and shoots Eesha with
water. Eesha is out. She comes out from behind the tree, dripping wet.

ROXANNE TO KESRI KIDS:


Chalo jaldi! Mujhe pata hai khazaana kahan hai!

Roxanne runs into the trees.

Cut to a few trees, including the hollow tree. Roxanne runs into the
frame. She looks around at the trees. Kesri Kids come running up behind
her. Close up of the hollow tree with the fern and bracken sticking out of
the hole in the trunk.

ROXANNE:
(pointing at the tree)
Mujhe lagta hai yahi vo jagah hai….

She goes to the tree and starts pulling out the plants.

Cut to aerial shot of a flock of crows watching Roxanne. They have


sharp beaks and glittery eyes. They are circling around Roxanne’s tree

212
and cawing menacingly. The crows are looking very hostile. While she
pulls out the greenery, they come down and try to attack Roxanne by
pecking at her.

ROXANNE:
(waving her arms around, trying to get rid of the crows)
Hey!

Roxanne takes the shiny silver hairpin out of her hair. The crows perch
on a tree branch, watching carefully - mesmerised by the shiny pin.
Roxanne throws it into the trees and the crows dive after it. The Kesri
Kids having crowded around her.

SAM TO ROXANNE:
Waah, Roxanne! Tum kaafi smart ho!

ROXANNE:
(reaching into the hollow tree trunk)
He he vo to mai hu hi ..Bilkul yahi level 557 mein hua tha….vahin
se maine sikha ki kouve ko chamakdar cheezein pasand hai….

She pulls out the brown sack.

ROXANNE:
(triumphantly)
Mil Gaya!

She tips it upside down. A pile of gold-wrapped chocolate coins fall out,
and a small booklet.

ROXANNE:
Waah...ye toh bilkul asli khaazane ki tarah hai!

Roxanne takes a bite out of a chocolate coin, holding it in her hand,


half-unwrapped.

EESHA TO ROXANNE:

213
(pointing to the small booklet)
Ye kya hai?

Roxanne opens it and looks inside. There is a water pistol on the front
cover.

ROXANNE:
(reading, getting excited)
The National Water Fight….saik-don parivaaro ke saath judiye...
ek romanchak aur desh ki sabse badi water fight mein….jo ki
garmiyon ki chuttiyon mein hogi!

She gasps, and looks at the Kesri Kids.

ROXANNE TO KESRI KIDS:


Ye toh kaafi mazedaar hoga!

Roxanne looks at Kaz.

ROXANNE TO KAZ:
Tum sahi the…..ye khel, GameMASTER se kaafi jyaada accha
tha…

JAZZ:
Chalo der aaye par darust aaye jee, mai keha aa ta gaye naa ...

Kaz is smiling at her, victoriously.

It's almost dark.

RAJAN TO KESRI KIDS:


(looking up at the sky)
Andhera ho raha hai...mujhe tum sabko kuch dikhaana hai...

Cut.

Scene 7

214
Ext. Night. The top of the hill

Wide aerial shot of the top of the tallest hill. This is outside the city. All
five kesri kids and Roxanne are lying down on the grass in a circle, with
their heads facing inwards and their feet facing outwards. They’re all
looking up towards the stars.

Cut to wide shot of the sky. The night sky is black and filled with
beautiful, glittery stars (a Milky Way vision).

ROXANNE TO KESRI KIDS:


(breathlessly)
Waah...ye toh bohot sundar hai….

Cut to wide shot, the entire view from the top of the hill. In the sky, there
are stars. At the bottom of the hill lies the city and its bright lights.
Silhouette of the back of all 5 kesri kids and Roxanne. They're looking
down towards the city.

Cut to front shot of Inder slipping the GameMASTER back into


Roxanne’s open rucksack.

ROXANNE TO KESRI KIDS:


(while looking down at the city)
Ye aaj tak ka mera sabse accha din tha

JAZZ:
Eh gal kahi sahi ….oh savere hoye sii darshan tere, aj din vadiya
lagunga ...

There is a silence.

ROXANNE TO KESRI KIDS:


Chalo ghar chale...

They all stand up. Roxanne reaches down to pick up her rucksack.

215
ROXANNE:
(pulling the GameMASTER out of her bag)
Hey! Mera GameMASTER!

Close up of the screen. It’s still on the pause screen. In the glow of the
computer screen, Roxanne looks down at it with a frown. Close up of the
screen. Roxanne’s thumb hovers over unpause. Her thumb then drifts
over to exit. She presses exit. A textbox flashes up on the screen: “Are
you sure you want to exit? Your progress will not be saved.” Roxanne’s
thumb presses “OK”. The game disappears.

She puts the GameMASTER in her rucksack. All the kesri kids are
looking at her.

KAZ TO ROXANNE:
(shocked)
Aur level 10,000 par pohochne ka kya?

ROXANNE TO KAZ:
Nahi...ab vo mere liye itna jaruri nahi hai...
Cut.

Scene 7.1

Int, Day, Dr Shakalu’s Submarine

Dr Shakalu is reading an article on his tablet. The photo shows Kaz


standing next to Roxanne, and the other four KK are standing with them
in a semi-circle. They all are smiling victoriously. The headline says,
‘Kesri Kids Help Classmate Enjoy Life Again’. His right eye starts
twitching, and he bares his teeth angrily.

DR SHAKALU:
In kesri bacho ne to mere naak mein damm karna shuru kard iya
hai. Mere avishkar GameMASTER ko fail karne ki saza bhugatni
hogi ehne...agli baar nahi chodunga aisa sabak sikhaunga ki dharti

216
kaamp uthegi ...Dr Shakalu, sabh bacho ki khushi ko khaalu…! Ha
ha ha!

Cut.

Scene 8

Int. Night. Rajan’s Bedroom

Wide shot of Rajan's bedroom. It's dark. On the bottom bunk, Mandy is
asleep. On the top bunk, Rajan is looking out of the window with his
back facing the camera. The curtain is open. Rajan is looking through his
telescope at the stars. The camera zooms in towards Kaz, goes past him
and into his telescope. Inside the telescope we see a beautiful, starry
night sky. The stars begin to jump and dance around, blurring together to
create a misty haze.

Rajan sees the entire school - students and teachers - lined up on the
playground. At the front, Mrs Patel is making a sad announcement.

MRS PATEL:
Mujhe batate hue bohot afsos ho raha hai ki school agle notice tak
band rahega! Sab apne ghar jaayiye…

The image fades out and the starry night sky returns to normal. Rajan
gasps and jumps back, shocked by what he has seen. Cut to front view.
Rajan looks into the camera with wide eyes.

Cut.

Episode 12: Save the Trees

Scene 1

Int, daytime, arena

217
Wide shot of the arena full of contestants with their paper models. There
is a giant banner on top of the stage which says “Annual Paper
Modelling Competition Finals.” All the citizens of the city have attended
and there are big crowds gathering. Contestants make their way towards
the arena with their competition entries, all different shapes and sizes;
giant doll houses, cars, dinosaurs, bouquets of flowers, dresses and
boats - and much more - all made from paper.

Medium shot of Kesri Kids with Jazz. They are wheeling their paper
model on a trolley: a massive space rocket that is big enough for one
person to open the door and sit inside. They wheel the rocket towards
the stage at the front.

SAM:
(thrilled)
Ye rocket kitna accha lag raha hai….mujhe yakeen hai is saal hum
hi jeetege!

As they’re walking, Queenie slowly sneaks up from behind, looking very


innocent. She pretends to be staring off into space as she reaches
forward and rips off one of the rocket's wings. She scrunches it up in her
hand and flings it away, looking very smug.

Three judges are standing on the stage, including the city’s Mayor. The
winner’s trophy is standing on a podium.

MAYOR:
(holds his hands up to quieten the crowds)
Aap sabka annual paper modelling competition ke final mein
swagat hai….sab apne-apne paper models judges ko dikhaye
taaki vo vijeeta chun sake….

Kesri kids wheel their rocket to the front, to an empty spot in the first row,
joining the long line of people. They check the rocket one last time.

RAJAN:
(gasps and places his hand where the rocket wing should be)

218
Aree nahi! Iska wing tut gaya hai!

INDER:
(shocked)
Ye kab….kaise hua?

KAZ:
(looking closely)
Dekhne se lagta hai kisine ise phaada hai….
(started looking at Jazz)

JAZZ:
Oh mai ni kita yara, koi hor hon na hai, maa kasam, mai jhooth ni
bolda

INDER:
Humein aur paper laana hoga...jaldi!

SAM:
Mai lekar aata hoon!

Sam jumps on his skateboard and flies off.

Cut.

Scene 1.1

Int, Day, Dr Shakalu’s Submarine

(Dangerous music.) Dr Shakalu is sitting at his chair in his underwater


den. His two pet crocodiles are crawling around by his feet, snapping
their jaws menacingly. He is watching a livestream of the Paper Model
Competition on his massive flatscreen tv. The camera cuts to different
groups of children laughing and smiling, with their beautiful paper
models. He looks distressed.

DR SHAKALU:

219
(Angry tone)
Nahi ...nahi ….nahi ...! Arrh!

He turns off the tv using his remote control.

DR SHAKALU:
Inki itni himmat..! Ik saath itni khushi or vo bhi mere hotey huye
….is baar Inko aisa mazaa chakhaunga ki yeh party karna hi bhool
jaaengey...Jab tak Dr Shakalu hai, koi bacha nahi has sakta, koi
bacha khush nahi reh sakta. Dr Shakalu, sabh bacho ki khushi ko
khaalu…! Ha ha ha!

Evil laughter.

Cut.

Scene 2

Ext, Day, Street

Wide shot of street. Sam flies into the frame. He stops outside a
stationary shop and hops off his skateboard. Cut to wide shot inside the
stationary shop. Sam comes running in with his skateboard under his
arm.

SAM:
Kya aap mujhe thoda paper de sakte hai?

SHOPKEEPER ONE - MALE:


(shrugs and shakes his head)
Maaf karna...saara paper khatam hogaya hai...

Sam groans, disappointed.

Cut to wide shot inside another shop. Sam runs in and rushes to the
cashier’s desk.

220
SAM:
Kya aapke paas papaer hai?

SHOPKEEPER TWO - FEMALE:


Nahi...saara paper har koi paper modelling competition ke liye le
jaa chuka hai...abhi paper khatam hai

SAM:
(rolls his eyes)
Ughh!

Cut to wide shot inside a third shop. Sam bursts through the door and
shouts from the doorway.

SAM:
Suniye...mujhe thoda paper chahiye please!

SHOPKEEPER THREE - ELDERLY MALE:


(looks at him with raised his eyebrows and begins to laugh, holding
his belly and tears come down his eyes)
Oh….ye wala sahi hai!

SAM:
(frowning, annoyed)
Aapke paas paper hai ya nahi?

SHOPKEEPER THREE:
Sheher mein kisi ke paas paper nahi hai bacche...saara paper
khatam hogaya hai...

Sam looks shocked.

Cut.

Scene 3

221
Int, Day, Arena

Wide shot of the arena. Sam is running to the front towards the Kesri
Kids and Jazz. He reaches them gasping and out of breath.

RAJAN TO SAM:
Paper kahan hai?

SAM TO RAJAN:
(breathless, panting)
Mujhe thoda bhi paper nahi mila...

On the stage, the three judges are talking into the microphone.

MAYOR:
Is saal ke models dekhkar hum kaafi khush hue hai….un sabhi
logo ka shuriya jinhone is competition me part liya...humne is saal
ka vijeeta chun liya hai!

JAZZ:
Haaeo rabba, ki hou, mere yaar jitey ki gaye haar ..?

The spotlight begins to move across the arena lighting up different


entries at a time.

MAYOR:
(points towards the Kesri Kids rocket)
Hum kehna ye chahte hai ki Kesri Kids ka Space Rocket bohot
zyada umda tha aur shayad agar tuta na hota toh is saal ka vijeta
vahi hota...par fikar mat kijiye haar aur jeet toh kudrat ka niyam
hai…tum bacche jeet ke kaafi kareeb the….

JAZZ:
Badi mithi mithi gallan karda jida apni girl friend naal date te aya
hovey..! Jee karda hai butha bhan deva es Mayor da …!

MAYOR:

222
Aur is saal ka vijeta hai Four-Winged Dragon, jisko banane wale
hai Jordan!

JAZZ:
Oh yaar...eh te gaye haar...sari mehnat bekaar...fer avanga agli
vaar ...with more power and more hathiyaar ..

Everyone cheers, except Kesri Kids who are looking upset and very
disappointed as they turn to each other with their shoulders slumped.

Cut.

Scene 4

Ext, daytime, school playground

Wide shot of the school playground, all the children of the school are
standing on the playground lined up in rows. Mrs Patel stands at the
front and all the teachers are standing here and there.

Medium shot of Mrs Patel making an announcement.

MRS PATEL:
(gloomily)
Baccho….mere paas ek buri kharab hai….sheher mein paper ki
kami ke kaaran humein majbooran school band karna hoga...

Pan across the children. Some children are disappointed and shocked.
Other children are fist pumping with concealed joy. The camera stops on
the Kesri Kids and they’re looking at each other, confused.

SAM TO KESRI KIDS:


(whispers, matter-of-fact)
Dekha! Maine kaha tha na kahin paper nahi hai..

Cut.

223
Scene 4.1

Int, Day, Dr Shakalu’s Submarine

Dr Shakalu is looking at an article on his tablet screen. There is a photo


of Jordan standing next to his dragon model, and the headline says,
‘Paper Modelling Competition Leads to Paper Crisis in City’. He is happy
as an idea comes to him.

DR SHAKALU:
Brilliant… this is brilliant… Kaazag ki killat? Ab aayega maza ..

He jumps out of his chair.

DR SHAKALU:
Aja Shakalu! Aatank machaane kaa sama aya hai, hum bhi to
mazaey lein ...

He runs towards the submarine’s entrance.

Cut.

Scene 5

Ext, Day, Street

Wide shot, the Kesri Kids are walking home. They walk past the book
factory. There’s a big sign outside saying, Book Factory. They notice the
workers all exiting the factory gates and walking past the Kesri Kids.
They all look very down. A young woman with her hair up in her bun is
talking to fat, middle-aged lady next to her.

YOUNG WOMAN TO FAT LADY:


(grumbling)
Mujhe pata nahi ki ab kab vapas kholege jab kahin paper hi nahi
hai….

224
FAT LADY TO YOUNG WOMAN:
(throws hands up in the air)
Humein aur paper kahan se mil sakta hai?

YOUNG WOMAN TO FAT LADY:


Kahin nahi….pura khatam ho chuka hai...humein tab tak rukna
hoga jab tak koi aur paper nahi banata…

FAT LADY:
Hmph!

The factory workers walk past the Kesri Kids. The Kesri Kids grow more
concerned.

Kesri kids walk past the bank. The bank manager is a lady. She is
standing outside the bank in a smart business suit, locking the doors.
The bank workers are standing outside in their smart uniforms in a
huddle.

BANK MANAGER TO WORKERS:


(very sad)
Maafi chahugi...par humein bank band karna hoga….paper
khatam ho chuka hai aur hum aur paise print nahi kar sakte….aur
bina paiso ke….bank kaam nahi kar sakta….

OLD GENTLEMAN TO BANK MANAGER:


(shouts out)
Phir bank ab vapas kab khulega?

BANK MANAGER TO OLD GENTLEMAN:


Jab humein print karne ke liye aur paper mil jaayega...tab….

OLD GENTLEMAN TO MANAGER:


(arguing)
Aur tumhe paper kab milega?

BANK MANAGER TO OLD GENTLEMAN:

225
Mujhe is baare mein kuch nahi pata, Ron. Kisiko paper banana
hoga...

The Kesri Kids are standing on the pavement, looking at the bank
workers leave the building. They are very confused. They continue to
walk past a row of shops. The shopkeepers are all coming out of their
shops one by one and pulling their shutters. One shopkeeper is a young
lad in jeans and a shirt. He turns over the sign on the door from Open to
Closed.

KAZ TO YOUNG LAD:


Excuse me, kya mai ek drink kharid sakta hoon?

JAZZ:
Te mere vaste ik XXL glass of thandi Lassi

YOUNG LAD TO KAZ:


(points at Closed sign)
Maaf kijiyega...paper khatam ho gaya hai aur hum receipts print
nahi kar sakte….bina receipts ke hum kuch bech nahi paayege...

Shrugging his shoulders, he starts pulling the shutters down. The Kesri
Kids look at each other, puzzled.

EESHA:
(astonished)
Ye toh paagalpan hai

JAZZ:
Ki, matlab no Lassi yaar. Kuch to sharam karo ...lassi ta de deo
...paper da hisaab kitaab baad vich kar leo

The Kesri Kids continue walking and reach Sam’s house. They all stand
outside the gates.

SAM TO KESRI KIDS:


Kal milta hoon….

226
The Kesri Kids hear a big noise. They all turn around to see that a
massive, angry mob has gathered on the street. The angry mob consists
of the book factory staff, the bank staff, the shopkeepers, kids, parents
and teachers all gathered in a big crowd. They are all holding saws,
chainsaws and axes. Dr Shakalu is standing at the head of the mob,
waving around a scythe in the air.

DR SHAKALU:
Come, you poor fools! Mere saath chalo, mujhe pata hai kaise
kudrat ko balance mein lekar ana hai ...

The crowd cheers in agreement. They march past the Kesri Kids.

SAM TO ANGRY MOB:


(shocked)
Ye sab lekar aap kahan jaa rahe hai?

The Fat Lady from the book factory stops abruptly to answer Sam.

FAT LADY TO SAM:


Tumhe pata nahi sheher mein paper ki kami hogyi hai?

She storms off.

INDER TO KESRI KIDS:


(horrified)
Ye sab log pedhon ko khud kaatne jaa rahe hai…

JAZZ:
Ithe ta mamla serious ho gaya yaar.

Kesri kids all look at each other.

RAJAN:
(anxious)
Ye bura hai...bohot jyaada bura hai

227
The Kesri Kids turn and look as they hear machinery chugging down the
road in a slow and noisy manor. Scary-looking tree felling machines are
driving behind the angry mob marching.

Cut.

Scene 6

Ext, Evening, All around the City

3 shots of different parts of the city.


Shot 1 – the angry mob hacks away two tree trunks.
Shot 2 – a machine is pulling up a tree using claws. As the tree comes
out of the ground, its roots get ripped out.
Shot 3 – A tree falls down and a group of people cheer as the tree
makes a cracking sound and then thumps on the ground.

Cut.

Scene 7

Int, night time, Rajan’s bedroom

Wide shot of Rajan’s bedroom. It is dark. Mandy is asleep on the bottom


bunk. Rajan is sitting on the top bunk, looking out of the window. He is
looking at the stars through his telescope. The curtains are open.
Camera zooms in towards Rajan, goes past him and goes into the
telescope. Through the telescope we can see the stars in the sky. It’s a
beautiful, starry night sky. The stars begin to jump and move around,
becoming a hazy mist. In the grey mist Rajan sees a vision of the future.

Loads of children at the park, including the four other Kesri Kids, are
heavily coughing, wheezing and having breathing difficulties. The air
surrounding the kids has a greeny haze. The air looks dirty and polluted.
All around, people are looking ill.

228
The vision fades away and the stars reappear. Medium front shot of
Rajan. He jumps back from the telescope in surprise and stares into the
camera.

Cut.

Scene 8

Ext, daytime, top of the hill

All the Kesri Kids and Jazz are together on top of the hill, looking down
at the city. There are trees around them (a small forest) and the air is
clear, but further down the hill, near the city, the air is green and hazy.
There are sounds of lots of coughing and wheezing coming from the city.
Inder is coughing too.

RAJAN TO KESRI KIDS:


(concerned)
Ye bilkul vaisa hi hai jaisa maine kal raat telescope mein dekha
tha...sab beemar pad rahe hai…

KAZ TO RAJAN:
(confused)
Par ho kya raha hai? Hawa ekdam se itni haanikaarak kaise ho
gayi hai?

Jazz is kicking his hooves into the ground as he coughs and splutters.
He abruptly holts, stands upright and pricks up his ears. Jazz jerks his
head towards the trees and trots over, standing in front of them. Kaz
turns around and watches Jazz. The Kesri Kids freeze and stand still in
their spot with their eyes widened as they hear a wailing sound, like an
old man groaning in pain. They look at each other in confusion and then
back to Jazz as they realize the sound is coming from that direction.

KAZ:
Aree Jazz, kya ho raha hai?

229
Jazz stands there, looking at the three trees which are grouped together,
He bows his head sadly. He begins to rub his head against the middle
tree lovingly. The Kesri Kids walk over to Jazz cautiously.

KAZ:
(worried)
Tum kya kar rahe ho, Jazz? Tum kya kar rahe ho?

Jazz stretches his neck and looks up at the trees. The three trees begin
wailing again as if calling out in pain.

JAZZ:
Eh ta bahut ho bura hunda piya hai yaar.

EESHA TO KESRI KIDS:


(gasps, puts out her hand and gently touches the tree trunk)
Vo pedh! Vo pedh ye saari awaazein nikaal rahe hai….

MIDDLE TREE TO KESRI KIDS:


(cries out)
Humein chot mat pohochaao! Humein chot mat pohochaao!
Please ruk jao!

SAM TO MIDDLE TREE:


(steps back in shock)
Humnein tumhein kuch nahi kiya hai!

RAJAN TO SAM:
(softly, sadly)
Shayad humein kuch nahi kiya...par baaki saare logo ne kiya hai

LEFT TREE TO KESRI KIDS:


(pleading)
Tum sab prakriti ke saath khilwad kar rahe ho

INDER:
(bewildered)

230
Kya matlab hai aapka?

RIGHT TREE TO KESRI KIDS:


Hum aise apna kaam nahi kar sakte. Hum insaano ki madad karte
hai hawa ko saaf rakhkar..par jab humari ginti kam hoti
jaayegi...toh hawa aur kharab ho jayegi

KAZ:
(stunned)
Toh ishi liye sab beemar pad rahe hai!

JAZZ:
Ha..bimaar...bahut bimaar ...sabh ke sabh bimaar ...

MIDDLE TREE TO KESRI KIDS:


Prakriti ke kuch neeyam hai...agar tum un niyamon ke saath
khilwad karoge….toh sab kuch badal jaayega...

TREE ON THE LEFT TO KESRI KIDS:


(begs)
Hamari rakhsa karo…

JAZZ:
Satheo, vehla ayagya hai, sanu ehna di madad karni hovegi,
zindagi Maut Na Ban jaaye Sambhaal Yaaron...Sambhaalo Yaaro
…(song style)

All three trees begin to chant ‘please protect us’ and the surrounding
trees join in. There is an echoing chorus of ‘please protect us.’ Kesri kids
turn to each other as the trees quieten down.

RAJAN:
Toh ab humein kya karna chahiye? Hum sabko ped kaatne se
kaise rok sakte hai?

While Rajan’s talking, MR BLING comes floating out from behind the
trees. He sits on Jazz, stroking his head mane.

231
MR BLING TO KK:
Kyaa Baat Hai Bacha Log!
(looking at them over his glasses)
Koi lafdaa hai kyaa…??

MR BLING TO JAZZ:
Tum theek to ha mere dost ..mera vazan zada to nahi ..

JAZZ:
Oh naeo badshaao, tusi ta hava naalo v halkey ho ...

KESRI KIDS TO MR BLING:

MR BLING TO KK:
To mai kyaa keh raha tha bhai log ..? Acha kam karne se kabhiiii
mat daro doston...jaisi karni vaisi bharni film yaad hai ?? tum enka
khyaal rakho ye tumhara ...you remember give and take rule ..!!

TO JAZZ:
Mango shake peeoge dost, aaao, yaha se bahar ek naya shake
vala aya hai, zara taste to kar aaye ..!

MR BLING:
(just before going with JAZZ)
Aur haa, Yaad rahe, tum ik kadam uthaaoge, prakiriti 2 kadam utha
ke tumahara sath degi ...

JAZZ TO MR BLING:
Hunh gal bani aaa...Shake it Baby ...Shake it Baby (sing style)!

Jazz kicks his legs and runs off into the trees, with MR BLING sitting on
him and laughing.

EESHA:
(determined)

232
Sam...apne phone par dekhna! Dhundho ki hum pedon kaise
bacha sakte hai

Sam takes out his phone from his pocket. Close up of screen. In the
search engine ‘Moogle’ (Moogle has a funny icon of a cow), he types in
‘how to save trees’ and presses the magnifying glass. The top result
shows ‘EcoSikho.’ He clicks on the website. There are three tabs on the
screen - Guru Nanak’s Garden, Save the Trees, Care for the Planet.
Sam shows his phone to the rest of the Kesri Kids in amazement.

KAZ:
(enthusiastically)
Ye bohot accha hai! Dekho kya unse baat karne ka koi tareeka
hai?

Sam clicks on the chat icon at the top of the website and it goes into a
chat screen on his phone. He receives an automated message: ‘Thank
you for getting in touch with EcoSikho. How can we help you today?’
Sam types, ‘We need to save the trees in our city.’ EcoSikho replies,
‘Don’t worry. We’ll tell you exactly what to do.’

Cut to medium shot of the Kesri Kids reading the message and nodding.
He puts the phone away and looks at them.

SAM:
Theek hai...shuru karte hai...

All Kesri Kids put their hands in the middle.

KESRI KIDS:
1...2….3… gooo Kesri!

They lift their arms up.

Cut. Kesri kids are standing near the small forest on top of the hill. Wide
shot of an angry mob running up the hill. The Kesri Kids look down the
hill and see them coming.

233
EESHA TO KESRI KIDS:
(points down towards angry mob)
Dekho...vo aa rahe hai!

The angry mob reaches the top of the hill with axes and chainsaws. Dr
Shakalu is at the front of the crowd, waving his scythe around. The Kesri
Kids stand shoulder to shoulder, forming a straight line in front of the
small forest. The angry mob stops.

OLD GENTLEMAN TO KESRI KIDS:


(angrily, waves around his chain saw)
Hamare raaste se hat jaao! Humein ye ped kaatne hi hoge!

RAJAN TO OLD GENTLEMAN:


Nahi! Hum tumhein ye nahi karne dege!

The Fat Lady pushes her way to the front.

FAT LADY TO KESRI KIDS:


(shouts)
Hamare paas ab koi kaam nahi hai...kyuki paper khatam ho chuka
hai!

KAZ TO FAT LADY:


Pedo ko kaatna is baat ka hal nahi hai!

YOUNG LAD TO KESRI KIDS:


Haan! Hai, Inhe kaat kar hi hum aur naya kaagaz bana paayenge!

DR SHAKALU TO ANGRY MOB:


Agar ye Kambhakhat tang kar rahe hai to inhe yahi baandh do..

The angry mob cheers in agreement. The whole crowd runs forwards
and makes a circle around the Kesri Kids. Then the crowd disperses and
runs into the forest, waving around their tools. The Kesri Kids are sitting

234
on the ground with their backs to each other, facing outwards. They’ve
been tied into this circular formation with a big, thick rope.

EESHA:
(shouts)
Hume jaaney do, ye mat samjho ki humey bandh kar tum jeet gaye
...!

The angry mob ignores her. The Kesri Kids watch them start hacking
down the trees. The trees groan, wail and cry as they do so. The mob
chops down one tree - it makes a loud cracking sound and hits the
ground with a large thud. The mob looks at the tree and cheers. They
continue attacking the nearby trees.

RAJAN:
(panicking)
Ab hum kya kare? Humein inhein rokna hoga!

They hear a noise is the distance: tweeting, screeching and chirping. A


massive flock of birds - pigeons, crows, doves, robins and eagles - soar
through the sky. They swoop through the forest and fly directly to the
Kesri Kids. A crowd of monkeys follows the birds, swinging through the
trees and running on the ground. They reach the kids and surround
them. The birds peck at the ropes, fraying them. The monkeys come and
untie the weakened knots. The Kesri Kids jump up and the ropes fall
away. The birds and monkeys stand in front of them, awaiting orders
from the Kesri Kids.

KAZ:
(amazed)
Toh ye sahi baat hai! Agar hum pehela kadam loge...toh prakriti bhi
hamara saath degi!

Kaz looks across to all the animals in front of them.

KAZ TO ANIMALS:
Hamari madad karne ke liye shukriya!

235
(points at the mob)
Aao ab chale aur pedo ko bachaye!

Kesri kids, birds and monkeys all run into the forest. The angry mob
sees them coming and becomes alarmed. The monkeys and birds go
ahead in front of the Kesri Kids, and begin to peck at the angry mob and
pull at their hair and their clothing. The angry mob gets busy trying to
shield themselves from the birds. The monkeys swing in and grab the
chain saws and the tools while the angry mob is distracted. The people
let go of their tools and run away, scared. The animals and Kesri Kids
are standing at the top of the hill and they cheer as the angry mob runs
away, down the hill, in defeat. Jazz comes and stands with them, kicking
his feet up in delight.

RAJAN:
(shouts, pointing at the bottom of the hill)
Aree nahi! Dekho machines aa rahi hai!

Wide shot down the hill, where the tree felling machines are coming
slowly chugging up the hill. Medium shot of Inder opening the lid of her
Kesri Cream and rubbing the cream into her hand. As she speaks, she
becomes invisible.

INDER TO EESHA:
(hurriedly)
Inhein mai rokti hoon….Eesha...mujhe pattharo ka ek bag chahiye!

Eesha reaches into her bag.

EESHA TO INDER:
Pattharo se bhara bag...de rahi hoon!

She pulls out a big bag of marbles and throws them to Inder. Inder
catches the marbles and grins. Sam is near Inder, standing on his
skateboard which is a floating a few inches off the ground. Inder reaches
into the marble pouch and takes out a big handful of marbles. She
places them into Sam's hands. Sam stuffs his pockets full of marbles.

236
INDER TO SAM:
Tumhein pata hai kya karna hai?

SAM TO INDER:
(grinning)
Haan bilkul!

INDER TO ANIMALS:
Prakriti humein tumhari madad chahiye!

The monkeys and birds in the forest turn and run out. Cut to a wide shot
as Inder runs down the hill, followed by the animals, and Sam is flying on
his skateboard above them. They split off into teams. Long shot of sam
flying on his skateboard, and all the monkeys are following him. Long
shot of Inder running down the hill, and all the birds are flying with her.

Half the birds attack the machines and cause havoc, pecking at the
drivers so that the drivers have to get out and run away. Inder hands out
marbles to the remaining birds, they each take one in their beaks and fly
to the machines. They throw them into the machinery. The marbles get
stuck in their cogs, chains, and hinges. The machines begin to slow
down and make chugging noises.

Sam is flying downhill on his skateboard. He is holding marbles in his


hands. He approaches the machines and flicks them into the
mechanisms. The marbles get stuck in their cogs, chains and hinges.
The machines make unhealthy grinding sounds. Meanwhile, the
monkeys invade the drivers’ cabins, pulling out the steering wheels and
gear sticks, and wiping their bottoms on the windscreens to block the
drivers’ views. As Sam continues to flick the marbles, smoke starts
coming out of the machines and they stop suddenly. All becomes silent
and still.

Long shot of the top of the hill, as if looking up from the bottom. Inder,
Eesha, Rajan and Jazz are standing at the top, jumping up and down,
cheering.

237
Wide shot of the bottom of the hill. All the drivers have come out of their
machines and the angry mob joins them. They gather around the drivers
and everyone starts running up the hill towards the small forest and the
Kesri Kids.

Cut to wide shot of the 5 Kesri Kids, Jazz, all the monkeys and birds
standing shoulder to shoulder in front of the trees in a big line. The angry
mob runs up the hill with more tools, and stops in front of them.

MACHINE DRIVER TO KESRI KIDS:


(angry)
Tumne hamari machines tod-di...humne tumhein kabhi kuch nahi
kiya! Hum toh bas ped kaatna chahate the!

SAM TO MACHINE DRIVER:


Aap in pedho ko aise kaat nahi sakte hai!

MACHINE DRIVER TO KESRI KIDS:


Par in sab logo ki naukri chale gayi hai kyuki paper khatam ho
chuka hai....Unhein unki naukriyaan vapas chahiye!

KAZ TO MACHINE DRIVER:


Par pedo kaatna kisi baat ka hal nahi hai! Kya aapko dikh nahi
raha hai sablog beemar pad rahe hai kyuki hamare paas saas lene
ke liye saaf hawa nahi hai!

In the angry mob, a few people are coughing and wheezing.

MACHINE DRIVER TO KESRI KIDS:


Haan….par ismein hum sab kya kar sakte hai?

EESHA TO ANGRY MOB:


Dekhiye...prakriti hamara khyaal tab karti hai jab hum parkriti ka
khyal karte hai! Ped kaatne ke bajaaye...humein aur ped lagane
chahiye!

238
Everyone starts looking at each other guiltily.

INDER TO ANGRY MOB:


Humein is cheez ko smajhna hoga….agar hum prakriti se kuch
lete hai...toh humein use vapas bhi karna hoga….

People in the crowd start shrugging their shoulders and looking


embarrassed.

ANGRY MOB:
Haan tum sahi keh rhe ho…
Yahi sahi tareeka hai…
Tum sahi ho….

DR SHAKALU:
(looking around)
No… no…! Yeh kyaa ho raha hai...Lagta hai ab meri daal yaha
nahi galne vali hai, Bhaag Shakaalu bhaag….

He backs into the crowd, turns around and runs away.

Cut.

Scene 9

Ext, Daytime, Different parts of the City

Fast-paced montage scene with music.

5 different shots across the city.

Shot One - Jazz is frolicking around. Kaz is using a shovel to dig a hole
in the ground. A group of people and using gardening forks to create
deep holes.

239
Shot Two - another location. Eesha is with a group of people, all are
holding tree saplings and placing them carefully into the ground, where
holes have already been dug.

Shot Three - another location. Sam and a group of people are picking up
a fallen tree, by pulling it up using rope, and making it stand upright
again.

Shot Four - another location. Rajan and a group of people are planting
seeds in the ground, one by one evenly spaced, and covering them with
soil.

Shot Five - another location. Inder and a group of people are holding
watering cans, and watering tiny tree saplings.

In each shot, the atmosphere becomes less polluted. The green mist
clears and the air is normal again.

Cut.

Scene 10

Ext, Day, Top of the Hill

City Mayor is standing at the top of the hill, and all the citizens of the city
are standing on the hill, listening to him. The Kesri Kids and Jazz are
standing beside him.

MAYOR TO CITIZENS:
(takes a deep breath and exhales slowly)
Sablog! Taazi hawa mein saas lijiye….
(gestures to the KK)
Saara shrey in paanch bahadur baccho ko jaata hai

Jazz bucks his head forward and neighs, indignantly.

KAZ:

240
Ahem! Jazz bhi!

JAZZ:
Balley balley shaava shaavaa, mai v stage te jaava java...

MAYOR:
(chuckles)
Haan...zaroor...Jazz bhi. Agar in bahadur baccho ne humein ped
kaatne se roka na hota...toh pata nahi aage kya unhoni hoti….
(shakes his head from side to side, closes his eyes)
Mai toh soch bhi nahi sakta….

Wide shot of all the citizens nodding and looking at each other, agreeing.
Cut to mayor.

MAYOR:
(clears throat, puffs out his chest, straightens waistcoat)
Isliye maine ek faisla liya hai….aaj se aur abhi se...hamara sheher
Annual Paper Modelling Competition ka hissa nhi hoga....

Everyone gasps in shock.

MAYOR:
(smiling)
Iske badle….hum ek Annual Gardening competition ka hissa bhi
hogen!

Wide shot, everyone bursts into cheers, whooping and smiling. Cut to
medium shot of Kesri Kids doing the same.

Cut.

Scene 11

Int, Night Time, Rajan’s Bedroom

241
Wide shot of Rajan’s bedroom. It is dark. Mandy is asleep on the bottom
bunk. Rajan is sitting on the top bunk, looking out of the window. He is
looking at the stars through his telescope. The curtains are open.
Camera zooms in towards Rajan, goes past him and goes into the
telescope. Through the telescope we can see the stars in the sky. It’s a
beautiful, starry night sky. The stars begin to jump and move around,
becoming a hazy mist. In the grey mist Rajan sees a vision of the future.

Queenie is holding a pile of papers in her hands. The papers say, ‘End of
Year Exam Answers.’ Queenie has a very villainous smile on her face as
she stuffs the exam answers into her rucksack. She zips up her rucksack
and slings it on her shoulder. Long shot of Queenie running down the
empty school corridor.

The vision fades away and the stars reappear. Medium front shot of
Rajan. He jumps back from the telescope in surprise and stares into the
camera, his mouth hanging open.

Cut.

Episode 13: Right Answers

Scene 1

Int, Daytime, Queenie’s house

Wide shot of Queenie’s kitchen. Baby is crying. Mum is pacing up and


down the kitchen, comforting the baby by patting her back.

QUEENIE’S MUM:
(tensed)
Shh, shh, dekho vahan….

The baby keeps crying. Dad is on a business call. He is wearing a


business shirt, smart jacket and a smart tie. On his legs, he's wearing a
casual pair of shorts and smart black socks. Cut to medium shot of

242
Queenie. She is standing in the kitchen doorway looking at her mum and
her dad. She’s wearing school uniform.

QUEENIE TO PARENTS:
Kya kisi ne nashta banaya hai?

MUM TO QUEENIE:
(patting the baby)
Oh beta...aaj cereal kha lo….

The baby starts crying harder.

MUM TO HERSELF:
Shayad ye bhuki hai….mai ise thoda doodh deti hoon...

Queenie goes and opens the kitchen cupboard. There is a single box of
cereal in the cupboard. She takes it out and goes to the kitchen table,
where there’s an empty bowl. She tips over the cereal box. One lone
cornflake falls out into the bowl. She shakes it a few times. It’s empty.
She rolls her eyes and sighs with annoyance.

QUEENIE:
(loudly)
Mujhe bhook nahi hai!

She takes her school bag, which is hanging on the back of the kitchen
chair. She puts it on her shoulders and looks at Mum and Dad.

QUEENIE TO PARENTS:
Kya aaj koi mujhe school lekar jayega?

Her dad is speaking on the phone.

QUEENIE’S DAD TO PHONE:


Ek minute rukna, Richard.
TO QUEENIE:

243
Queenie, mai ek bohot jaruri call par hoon….aaj tumhein paidal hi
school jaana hoga!

QUEENIE TO DAD:
(annoyed)
Aap ek hi cheez roz kehte ho!

Queenie turns around to leave.

DAD TO QUEENIE AND MUM:


Aur suno...Richard ne meri Hong Kong ki flight ki ticket book kardi
hai...mujhe kuch meetings ke liye jaana hoga..

MUM TO DAD:
(shocked)
Kya?

QUEENIE TO DAD:
Aap kab jaa rahe hai?

DAD TO QUEENIE:
Ek ghante mein!

MUM TO DAD:
(fed up)
Bohot acche, ek aur business trip! Aap mujhe baccho ke saath
kabhi madad karege bhi ya nahi?

QUEENIE TO DAD:
Papa...aap humein kabhi chutti par kyu nahi le jaate? Hamesha hi
akele chale jaate hai…

DAD TO QUEENIE:
(annoyed)
Ye chutti nahi hai, Queenie. Ye ek business trip hai...

The phone is still to his ear. He puts it down on the table.

244
DAD TO QUEENIE:
Dekho….agar tumhein exams mein acche marks aaye toh mai
kaam se chutti lekar tum dono ko ghumne lekar jaauga! Theek
hai?

QUEENIE TO DAD:
(worried)
Huh?!

At the same time, Queenie’s mum reacts.

QUEENIE’S MUM TO DAD:


Haan!
TO QUEENIE:
Dekho beta...mann lagakar padhai karna….mujhe chutti ki bohot
jarurat hai...

QUEENIE TO PARENTS:
(worriedly)
Par….mai utni hoshiyaar nahi hoon!

QUEENIE’S DAD:
Tum bhi, Queenie! Aise nahi sochte….Agar tum mehnat karogi toh
jarur kaamyaab hogi. Chalo ab school jaao….
(putting the phone to his ear)
RIchard? Maafi chahuga..toh thoda detail mein batao….

While he’s talking into the phone, close up of Queenie’s worried face.
Baby crying in background. Cut.

Scene 2

Int, Daytime, Queenie’s classroom

Wide shot of Queenie’s classroom. Class has started and Miss Walker is
at the front talking to the kids. They are writing in their books and paying

245
attention. The door opens and Queenie runs into the classroom. Her hair
is all messy and dishevelled. She is red and sweaty from running.
Queenie goes to her desk, looking down.

MISS WALKER TO QUEENIE:


(sternly)
Is hafte tum teesri baar late aayi ho

QUEENIE TO MISS WALKER:


(mumbling)
Maaf kijiye...meri chooti behen….

MISS WALKER TO QUEENIE:


Is baar tumahri chooti behen thi...pichle baar koi aur
tha….Tumhare andar vo baat hai Queenie...tum bohot accha kar
sakti ho…thoda dhyaan do....

Eesha looks at Gyan, as Queenie sits down in front of them.

EESHA TO GYAN:
(whispering)
Uske paas padhai ke alawa aur bohot kaam hai...

Queenie turns around and sticks out her tongue at Eesha. She looks
ahead and takes out her pencil case and book from her bag.

MISS WALKER TO QUEENIE:


(strictly)
Queenie, kya tum ab bhi dhyaan nahi de rahi ho? Mai tumse pichle
exams ke muqable accha result umeed kar rahi hoon...varna
tumhein bohot dikkat ho sakti ho...

Queenie puts her bag on the floor and looks ahead at the whiteboard.
Miss Walker carries on teaching. Queenie’s stomach rumbles loudly.
Anjola looks at her sideways.

ANJOLA TO QUEENIE:

246
Tumne aaj nashta nahi kiya kya?

QUEENIE TO ANJOLA:
(snappily)
Tumse is cheez ka koi matlab!

Cut.

Scene 3

Int, Day, Dr Shakalu’s Submarine

(Dangerous music.) Dr Shakalu is sitting at his chair in his underwater


den. His two pet crocodiles are crawling around by his feet, snapping
their jaws menacingly. He is scrolling on social media and looking at an
advert on his tablet screen. He reads it aloud.

DR SHAKALU:
Hmm? Yeh kyaa hai? Wanted - Tutor. I really need to pass my end
of year exams! Please help me! Wow, yeh ek behatareen mauka
hai Is bachi ki khushi to samjho maine khaa hi li ... Dr Shakalu,
sabh bacho ki khushi ko khaalu…! Ha ha ha!

He keys in the number on his mobile and has a conversation.

QUEENIE - voiceover:
Hello?

DR SHAKALU:
(clears his throat and disguises his voice in a funny way)
Yes, helloooo. Maine tumhara advert dekha, tumhe koi tutor
chahiye kya ?

QUEENIE:

247
Yes! Mai exams mein paas hona chahti hu, par mujhe padayi karni
nahi aati, tum merei madad karoge please?

DR SHAKALU:
What’s your name, sweet little dear?

QUEENIE:
Queenie.

DR SHAKALU:
Well, Queenie. Mere paas tumhaare jaise bacho ke liya ek bahut hi
acha aur asaan solution hai. Tum kaho to mai batau ?

QUEENIE:
Really? Please tell me what it is //

Cut to wide shot of Shakalu in his den.

DR SHAKALU:
Fer dhyaan se apne kaan khol ke suno …

His voice fades away. Fade out to black.

Cut.

Scene 3.1

Ext, Daytime, School playground

Fade in. It is breaktime. Wide shot of the school playground. There are
kids playing, laughing and chasing each other. There are a few teachers
here and there on duty. Cut to medium shot of Queenie and her friends,
Tiarra and Anjola. They are sitting in their usual place at the top of the
tiered seats, with Queenie sitting in the middle. They are making a plan.
Queenie is drawing a map of the school. She draws a line through the
school, from her classroom - past Mrs Patel’s headteacher office - to the
staffroom.

248
QUEENIE TO FRIENDS:
So, is tarah se mai exams paas karungi, hai na ik bahut hi
zabardast idea ?

Tiara and Anjola look at each other, grinning.

TIARRA TO QUEENIE:
Bohot acche, Queenie!

ANJOLA TO QUEENIE:
Ye toh bohot accha plan hai...

Close-up of Queenie's face. She is looking smug and sneaky, and starts
laughing madly.

Cut to Kesri Kids. They are playing on the climbing frames. Queenie and
her friends walk past them. Queenie starts teasing them.

QUEENIE TO KESRI KIDS:


Tumhein lagta hai tum bohot shaatir ho...par mai exams mein
tumse accha krugi...Is baar mujhe full marks milege!

The Kesri Kids stare at her, bewildered. All the other kids are also
looking at Queenie.

QUEENIE TO ALL:
Mere marks is pure school mein sabse acche hoge….tum bas
dekhte jaao!

Queenie, Tiara and Anjola all start to laugh and walk off.

EESHA:
Ye sab kis liye tha?

SAM:

249
Hamesha ki tarah, Shayad Queenie phir koi nayi khichdi paka rahi
hai

Cut.

Scene 4

Int, Daytime, Queenie’s classroom

Wide shot of Queenie’s classroom. All the children are sitting at their
desks. Ms Walker is at the front teaching. Cut to medium shot of
Queenie. She is yawning loudly, stretching her arms wide. Then she
leans on the table with her elbows and rests her chin in her hand. Rolling
her eyes, she sighs loudly.

QUEENIE:
Ahhhhh, ye class kab khatam hogi?

Eesha is sitting on the table behind Queenie.

EESHA:
(leaning forward)
Suno...tum humein pareshaan karna band krogi? Hum mein se
kuch padhna bhi chahte hai, sab tumhari tarah nikaame nahi hai!

QUEENIE:
(turning around and giving Eesha a mean look)
Aur hummein se kuch ko dhyaan dene ki jarurat nahi kyuki humein
pehele se saare jawaab aate hai...ha ha ha …!

Eesha looks annoyed and frustrated.

Cut.

Scene 5

Int, Night, Rajan’s bedroom

250
Wide shot of Rajan’s bedroom. It's dark. Mandy is asleep on the bottom
bunk. Rajan is sitting on the top bunk looking out of the window. His back
is turned towards the camera. The curtains are open. He is looking
through his telescope at the night sky. The camera zooms in, past Rajan
and into the telescope. In the telescope, we can see a beautiful night sky
full of lovely stars, sparkling and glittering. The stars start dancing and
jumping around. They form a hazy mist. Inside the hazy mist, Rajan has
a vision of the future.

Queenie is sneaking down the school corridor. (It is afterschool and the
corridor is empty.) She is holding some papers in her hand. She looks
around, left and right. She opens up her rucksack and puts the papers
inside. While she's putting the papers away, we see the top page of the
papers she’s holding. It says, Exam Answers. She shoves the papers in
and closes her bag. Putting her bag on her shoulder, she looks around
and runs out of the school.

The misty haze disappears and turns back into a starry night sky. Cut to
front medium shot of Rajan. He jumps back from the telescope in
surprise.

RAJAN:
Aree nahi! Vo toh answers churaane wali hai!

He is staring into the camera with wide eyes, shocked by what he has
just seen. Cut.

Scene 6

Int, Daytime, City School Corridors

Wide shot of school building. It is hometime and children are walking out
of school. Cut to wide shot of the school corridor. There is a clock on the
wall in the foreground, showing the time - 3:15pm. All the Kesri kids with
Jazz are standing together by the lockers. They are looking at Rajan,
who is talking.

251
RAJAN:
Vo exams ke answers churaane wali hai!

EESHA:
Toh ishiliye vo class mein dhyaan nahi de rahi thi!

KAZ:
Tumhein pata hai na humein use rokna hoga! Vo aisa nahi kar
sakti!

JAZZ:
Khyaal acha hai, par rokoge kida? Mera bina eh mumkin hi nahi
yaaron..!

SAM:
Arey ab batein bhi karte rahoge kyaa, Chalo aur use dhundho,
jaldi!

The corridors are empty now, all the children have gone home. The Kesri
Kids run to the end of Corridor One. They turn the corner and stop.
Queenie is running down Corridor Two. Her back is facing them and she
has not seen them. At the end of Corridor Two, she looks left and right,
and then turns right into Corridor Three. Cut to front shot of Queenie
running towards the camera and she runs out of the frame.

Wide shot of Corridor Two, where Kesri Kids are standing. Inder is
rubbing her invisibility cream into her hand. She starts running after
Queenie and becomes invisible. Inder turns right into Corridor Three. Cut
to the back of Queenie running away from the camera.

Cut to side view of Inder. Inder is running down the corridor and the
camera tracks her. Show back of Queenie turning left into Corridor Four.
Inder turns left and follows her.

Cut to the outside of the Headteacher’s office. The door has a sign on it
with a gold plaque which says Headteacher: Mrs Patel. Queenie stops

252
outside the door. She's holding a pile of books in her hand. Cut to close
up of Queenie's face. She has a very mischievous smile on her face.
Queenie goes into the office and Inder follows her, stopping in the
doorway.

Mrs Patel’s PA, Mr Vines, is sitting at a desk in a small communal waiting


area, which has two empty armchairs on the side. Beyond that, there is
an open door which leads into Mrs Patel’s office. Mr Vines looks at
Queenie as she enters the waiting area.

MR VINES:
Kya mai aapki madad kar sakti hoon?

QUEENIE:
Mrs Patel ne mujhe ye papers unke desk par rakhne kaha hai

MR VINES:
(nodding and looking at his papers)
Accha theek hai..jao....

Queenie goes into the office and Inder follows her. Queenie puts the
books on the desk and pretends to knock over a pencil pot.

QUEENIE:
Opps! Maaf kijiye!

She bends over and picks up the pencil pot. At the same time she
unlocks Mrs Patel’s drawer under her desk. Inside the drawer, she takes
out a bunch of keys. She closes the drawer very quickly and locks it
again. She slips the keys into her trousers pocket. She stands up and
puts the pencil pot on the desk. She then composes herself with a deep
breath.

QUEENIE:
(Under her breath, motivating herself)
Shaant raho, Queenie.

253
Queenie goes out of Mrs Patel’s office and runs down the corridor. Inder
follows her. Wide shot of outside the staffroom door. There is a gold
plaque which says ‘Staffroom’.

Cut.

Scene 7

Int, Daytime, Staffroom

Wide shot inside the staffroom. The staffroom is empty. Cut to medium
shot of Queenie as she slips through the door into the staffroom. It is a
relaxed communal area, with sofas, armchairs, tables, cupboards and a
small kitchen. She starts running through the room. Cut to the staffroom
door. The door handle is opening. Cut to close-up of Queenie. Queenie
panics and dives behind the sofa. Wide shot of Queenie hiding behind
the sofa, in the foreground. In the background, a teacher, Ms Walker,
comes into the staffroom, rushes over to the table and grabs her bag. A
she goes out of the staffroom, she calls out to another member of staff,
‘Hey, Frankie, wait for me’. The staffroom door swings shut. Queenie
wipes her forehead with the back of her hand.

QUEENIE:
Shukar hai.

She stands up and goes to the exam office. This is a small, walk-in store
cupboard. She takes the bunch of keys out of her pocket. She puts the
key in the lock and turns it. Making a clicking sound, it unlocks. She
turns the handle and opens the door. She goes inside the cupboard,
disappearing into the dark.

Cut to wide shot of the corridor outside the staffroom. All 5 Kesri Kids are
standing there. Jazz is with them. He wears his orange shades and is
looking through the staffroom door.

Cut to Jazz's orange x-ray vision. He can see Queenie’s heat blueprint
inside the exam cupboard.

254
KAZ TO JAZZ:
Vo kya kar rahi hai? Vo kahan hai?

JAZZ TO KAZ:
Hor yaaron Jazz di yaad agayi? Vaise, sara hisaab kitaab laga ke
eh lagda hai ki oh exam cupboard vich hegiaa ...

RAJAN TO KK:
Humein use rokna hoga...isse pehele ki bohot der hojaaye!

SAM TO EESHA:
Eesha...kya tum meri madad kar sakti ho? Mujhe tumahare
camera se kaafi madad mil sakti hai

EESHA TO SAM:
(reaching inside her khajana)
Haan...

She pulls out Sam's camcorder from Episode 8 and hands it to Sam.

SAM TO EESHA:
(taking the camcorder and switching it on)
Shurkriya! Yahi toh humein chahiye tha!
JAZZ:
Oh meri foto shoto le lavo yaaron. Aj mai 3 hafte baad naah ke aya
haa oh v pump de pani naal...

Cut to inside the staffroom. Queenie comes out of the exam cupboard
and shuts the door. In her hands, she is holding a pile of papers. Cut to
close-up of the papers in her hand. The top sheet says, Exam Answers.
Cut to close-up of Queenie's face. She has a victorious and mischievous
smile.

She starts walking to the staffroom door, looking at the papers. She
looks up and freezes! Kesri Kids are standing in front of her, and Sam is
holding up his camcorder.

255
SAM:
Kaisi ho Queenie. Camera mein dekhkar hasna!

Show the view through the camera. There is a flashing red circle in the
corner, showing that it’s recording, and a running time stamp. Queenie is
standing there, numb, with her jaw open.

EESHA:
Haan Queenie...ab tum famous hone wali ho...humne sab record
karliya hai!

JAZZ:
Lo kar lo ji gal, famous te Queenie pehla hi hai yaaron..! Hun ta oh
super famous hi banu ...

Queenie blinks.

QUEENIE:
(shouts aggressively)
Vo camera mujhe do!

She tries to reach out and grab it. Sam moves back.

RAJAN:
Bilkul nahi! Ye un sab cheezon ke liye hai jab-jab tumne hamare
saath badtameezi ki thi

KAZ:
Ab tum bohot musibat mein phasne wali ho!

JAZZ:
Mai te kahanga ki fas chuki hai yaar..!

Queenie starts to look very scared.

QUEENIE:

256
(pleadingly)
Please aisa mat karo...vo video delete kardo please!

SAM:
(arrogantly)
Kyu kare hum aisa?

MR BLING comes floating through the staffroom window, on his back as


if he is swimming through the air.

MR BLING TO KK:
Kyaa Baat Hai Bacha Log!
(looking at them over his glasses)
Koi lafdaa hai kyaa…??

MR BLING:
(carefree, light-hearted)
Kaise ho doston! Apni dost Queenie ko musibat mein daalne se
accha hai uski madad karo!

EESHA:
Dost! Vo hamari dost nahi hai!

INDER:
Vo hamari dushman hai!

MR BLING:
(looks confused, conjures a book out of thin air, opens it and
quickly starts reading it)
Dushman….dushmann..nahi...aisa toh kuch nhi likha hua kitaab
mein
(tosses the book over his shoulder and it disappears in a puff of
smoke)
Tumhe pata hai Bhai Kanhaiya ne jang-e-maidan mein dushmano
ko bhi pani pilaya tha aur uhne is baat ki shabashi bhi mili this guru
gobind singh ki taraf se..

257
So, Kabhi kabhi kisi ke bura karne ke peeche ek acchi wajah chupi
hoti hai….Ab, zada soch mat aur uski madad karo .....arey, maine
apni ice-cream kahan chord di?

He floats off through the window.

The Kesri kids look at Queenie. She is looking very scared.

QUEENIE:
Please….please...mujhe is musibat mein mat daalo...

RAJAN:
Tum exam answers kyu chura rahi ho

QUEENIE:
Mujhe is baar exams mein paas hona hi hoga!

SAM:
Toh padhai karo….jaise baaki sab kar rahe hai! Mujhe bhi padhna
nahi pasand..par mai tab bhi padhta hoon!

QUEENIE:
Mai utni hoshiyaar nahi hoon! Mai kuch nahi kar sakti! Mujhe kuch
nahi aata!

Kesri Kids look at each other.

KAZ:
Dekho, agar tum acche se padhogi...toh pakka pass hojaogi. Agar
tumhein padhne mein koi dikkat hai toh hum tumhari madad
karege!

JAZZ:
Oh mai keha full help shelp kar devange sohneo ...

QUEENIE:
Sach mein? Tum meri madad kroge?

258
EESHA:
Haan! Par tab hi agar tum ye answers vahan vapas rakh kar aao!

Queenie sighs and looks down at the papers. She nods.

QUEENIE:
Theek hai...mai inhein vapas rakh dungi!

Cut.

Scene 7.1

Int, Day, Dr Shakalu’s Submarine

Dr Shakalu is sitting in his chair, throwing pieces of meat to his


crocodiles. His phone rings suddenly, and he jumps in shock and drops
the meat from his hands. He picks up the phone.

DR SHAKALU:
Yes? Kaun hai jisne Dr -

QUEENIE:
SHAKALU!

He jumps again in shock.

DR SHAKALU:
Queenie?

QUEENIE:
Tumhara stupid plan FAIL ho gaya! Suna tumne tumahra plan
ghatiya tha aur tabhi vo faul ho gaya aur mujhe kesri kids ne
pakad liya. Tum apney bakwaas ideas apne paas rakho, mujhe
kabhi dubara fone mat karan. Badey aaye Dr Shakalu kahin ke
...Naach na jaaney aangan tedha ...

259
She hangs up the phone, and the phone line goes dead. He looks at the
phone in his hand.

DR SHAKALU:
(Surprise and angry)
Ye Kesri Kids yaha bhi ….? Ye kesri to mujhe hamesha hairan kar
rahe hai. They really are the most annoying kids on this whole
planet. Kaash mai inhe apne dosto ka khaana bana sakta hota.
(sobbing sorrowfully)

He sighs.

DR SHAKALU:
Shakaalu Haarne valo mein si nahi hai. Shakaalu fer aayega aur
bada khatarnak plan hoga is baar. Dr Shakalu, sabh bacho ki
khushi ko khaalu…! Ha ha ha!

Cut.

Scene 8

Int, Daytime, Queenie’s House

Montage scene with music.

Wide shot of Queenie’s lounge. There is an L-shaped sofa facing a TV


on the wall, and a dining table on one side. The Kesri kids are sitting
around the dining table. Queenie is sitting at the head of the table.
Eesha and Sam are sitting on the left side. Kaz is sitting opposite
Queenie. Rajan and Inder are sitting on the right side. They are all
reading their study books and making notes on cue cards.

One by one, they hold up the cue cards and show Queenie. She reads
them and makes notes. Then she closes her book. They take it in turns
to look at their cue cards and ask her questions. Queenie is thinking,
trying to remember the answers. Inder asks a question first. Queenie
gives a wrong answer, and Inder shakes her head. The same happens

260
with Rajan. Then Kaz. Queenie gets frustrated and bangs her hand on
the table. She opens her book and reads her notes again.

She closes her book and Sam asks her a question. She answers
uncertainly. Sam gives her a thumbs up and a big smile. Eesha asks her
a question, again she answers correctly, and Eesha gives her a thumbs
up. Queenie fistpumps the air with joy. The KK are happy. They start
passing around each other’s study books, and start reading them and
making notes.

Close up of the window. The sun is dipping low in the sky. A timelapse
shows that the sun is setting, the sky turns different shades of orange
and pink.

The camera zooms out. Queenie and the kesri kids are all still sitting
around the dining table, reading books and making notes on cue cards.
There are half finished cups of juice near them and a bowl of monkey
nuts in the middle of the table. The music fades out. Montage scene
finishes.

The phone rings. Queenie gets distracted from her revision and looks
towards her mum, who is pacing around the lounge with her baby asleep
on her shoulder. Mum takes the phone out of her pocket and answers.

MUM:
(sounding tired)
Hello, Oscar.

The phone is on loudspeaker.

DAD:
Suno….mai kuch aur dino ke liye nahi aa paauga!

MUM:
Kya! Par Kyu? Aap toh kal hi vapas aane wale the!

DAD:

261
(annoyed, defensive)
Ab mai kya karu! Meri teen aur meetings reh gayi hai! Unhein
cancel kardu? Pata bhi hai kitne paise ka nuksaan hojayega
humein!

MUM:
(sniffles, tearfully)
Aapko bas apne paiso se pyaar hai….bas bohot hua….

She cuts the phone, looking distressed. The baby wakes up. She
scrunches up her face, and opens her mouth. She starts crying. Mum
looks at the baby and starts patting her back.

MUM:
(softly)
Chup...chup...
(wiping her own tears away)
Rona nahi….rona nahi...

Cut to wide shot of the Kesri Kids watching her from the dining table.
Then they look at Queenie. Queenie is looking down at her book with a
frown, and her hands become fists on the table.

INDER TO QUEENIE:
Queenie tum theek ho?

QUEENIE TO INDER:
(gritted teeth, shaking with anger)
Nahi! Mere papa hamesha kaam mein busy hote hai….meri
mummy hamesha akele aur meri chooti behen hamesha rote rehti
hai
(putting her head in her hands, emotional)
Kaash mai sab kuch theek kar paati! Par mai nahi kar sakti!

SAM:
Mere papa bhi hamesha kaam mein hote hai….puri duniya mein
meetings ke liye jaate hai

262
(sadly)
Jab vo yahan nahi hote tab mujhe unki bohot yaad aati hai

QUEENIE:
Mujhe unki kabhi yaad nahi aati!
(looks at her book again)
Padhai par dhyaan dete hai

They all look at their books again. In the silence, Sam stands up from the
table.

SAM:
Mai washroom se vapas aa raha hoon

On his way out of the lounge, he picks up his skateboard which was
leaning against the wall. He leaves the room and leaves the frame.

Cut.

Scene 9

Ext, Night, Somewhere in Hong Kong

Wide Shot of Hong Kong cityscape. Text in the middle of the screen
says, ‘Hong Kong’. Text fades out. Sam flies into the frame on his
skateboard against the backdrop of the moon and the night sky. Cut to a
wide shot of a tall hotel. On top of the building, there is a flashing sign
which says ‘The Grand Hotel’. Sam flies past the windows of the hotel,
looking for Queenie’s dad. He stops.

SAM:
Ah ha!

He flies closer to a window. Wide shot of the window and the view into
the room. A very posh, luxurious hotel room. A man is pacing up and
down, holding a phone to his ear.

263
Cut to inside the hotel room. Queenie’s dad is pacing up and down. He
is dressed smartly. He’s got the shirt, tie, jacket, smart trousers and
black shoes on. He is talking into the phone in a business meeting. He
hears a knocking. He looks towards the window and gets a shock. Sam
is floating outside the window on his skateboard, smiling and waving
brightly.

QUEENIE’S DAD:
(speaking into the phone, disbelievingly)
Ek minute rukna, Richard.

He puts the phone down on the coffee table and rushes to the window.
He opens it and pokes his head it.

QUEENIE’S DAD:
Err… Kya mai tumhari madad kar sakta hoon?

SAM:
Aap Queenie ke papa ho?

QUEENIE’S DAD:
(after a pause)
Haan...

SAM:
Theek hai...mere paas aapke parivaar ka ek sandesh hai...Unhein
aapki bohot yaad aati hai...please aap unke liye apne kaam se
samay nikaal lijiyega...aur unke liye kuch accha kariyega

Close up of Queenie’s dad’s face. He is wide-eyed and open-mouthed


with shock.

QUEENIE’S DAD:
Theek hai……

Cut to wide shot of Sam against the dark starry sky.

264
SAM:
Theek...mujhe jaana chahiye isse pehele koi mujh dekh le...
(flying away, over his shoulder)
Alvidaa…!
(voice fades away into the night)

Cut.

Scene 10

Int, Daytime, School Assembly Hall

Wide shot of the school hall. All the children in the school are sitting at
individual desks, doing exams There is total silence and the ticking of a
clock. There are a couple of teachers walking up and down in between
the rows of kids. Cut to medium shot of Queenie busily writing answers
on the exam paper. The school bell rings. She puts her pen down, sits
back and breathes out slowly.

Cut.

Scene 11

Ext, Daytime, School playground

Wide shot of the school building. The school doors open and all the kids
come out of the school. They are all holding their test papers with the
results in their hands. All the Kesri kids come out together. Cut to
medium shot as they walk through the playground.

KAZ:
Mai paas hogya!

INDER:
Mai bhi!

RAJAN:

265
Aur mai bhi!

EESHA:
Mai bhi kam nahi!

SAM:
Mai Bhi Pura Pass!

JAZZ:
Te mai kadi fail uda v nahi hoeya si...Jazz the Great ..!

Queenie comes walking up behind them with Anjola and Tiara on either
side of her. They walk past the Kesri Kids, looking at each others’ test
papers.

EESHA:
Aree Queeni! Tumhara kya result aaya hai?

There is a pause. Queenie holds up her paper and it says PASS in red
handwritten letters.

QUEENIE:
Mai Pass Hogyi!

The Kesri Kids all cheer. They all go out of the school gates. Queenie
stops walking when she sees her mum, the baby and her dad all
standing outside the gates, waiting to collect her from school. Queenie’s
Dad opens his arms and Queenie runs into his arms and gives him a big
hug.

QUEENIE:
Papa...mai pass hogyi...mai pass hogyi!

QUEENIE’S DAD:
Mujhe pata tha tum pass hojaogi!

MUM:

266
(hugging Queenie with the baby against her shoulder)
Well done, Queenie, we’re so proud of you.

The baby reaches down and pats Queenie’s hair.

QUEENIE’S DAD:
Aur pata hai! Maine hum sabki 2 hafte ki Bahamas mein booking
kardi hai!

Mum:
(gasping, joyful, shocked)
Kya! 2 Hafte!

QUEENIE:
Yayyy...humsab chutti par jaa rahe hai!

Mum and dad turn around to go. Tiara and Anjola join her and the three
of them walk together, behind Queenie’s parents.

Queenie turns back and waves cheerfully at the Kesri Kids. They wave
to her, turn around and walk the other way.

RAJAN:
Mujhe yakeen nahi ho raha ki mai ye keh raha hoon par…..Queeni
acchi hai...

Cut to Queenie and her friends. There is a terribly sneaky, naughty smirk
on her face and her eyes are narrowed mischievously.

QUEENIE:
Haha! Maine unhein bewkoof banaya….Unhein lagta hai ki mujhe
padhne mein madad karne vo acche ban gaye….Ab mai unhein
bataugi ki asli Queen, Queenie hai...

The three girls laugh hysterically.

Cut.

267
Scene 12

Int, Night Time, Rajan’s Bedroom

Wide shot of Rajan’s bedroom. It is dark. Mandy is asleep on the bottom


bunk. Rajan is sitting on the top bunk, looking out of the window. He is
looking at the stars through his telescope. The curtains are open.
Camera zooms in towards Rajan, goes past him and goes into the
telescope. Through the telescope we can see the stars in the sky. It’s a
beautiful, starry night sky. The stars begin to jump and move around,
becoming a hazy mist. In the grey mist Rajan sees a vision of the future.

There are three seperate scenes which are blending together on the
screen. On one side of the screen, Kaz is lying asleep on a hospital bed,
hooked up to wires and machines. On the other side of the screen, Dr
Shakalu is smiling menacingly in his lair. In the middle of the two,
Queenie is smiling nastily and laughing.

The vision fades away and the stars reappear. Medium front shot of
Rajan. He jumps back from the telescope in surprise and stares into the
camera, his mouth hanging open.

Cut.

268

You might also like